Home
        3 - Oldsmobile
         Contents
1.                         Change automatic transmission fluid and filter if the vehicle is mainly driven   under one or more of these conditions        Inheavy city traffic where the outside temperature regularly reaches  90  F  32  C  or higher        In hilly or mountainous terrain        When doing frequent trailer towing        Uses such as found in taxi  police or delivery service     If you do not use your vehicle under any of these conditions  change the fluid  and filter every 50 000 miles  83 000 km      Rotate tires  See    Tire Inspection and Rotation    in the Index for proper  rotation pattern and additional information   See footnote        7 14                   Short Trip City Scheduled Maintenance    33 000 Miles  55 000 km     Change engine oil and filter  or every 3 months  whichever occurs first    An Emission Control Service                  See footnote        Check rear front axle fluid level and add fluid as needed  Check constant  velocity joints and axle seals for leaking   See footnote         36 000 Miles  60 000 km     Change engine oil and filter  or every 3 months  whichever occurs first    An Emission Control Service                              See footnote       Rotate tires  See    Tire Inspection and Rotation    in the Index for proper  rotation pattern and additional information   See footnote       Check rear front axle fluid level and add fluid as needed  Check constant  velocity joints and axle seals for leaking   See footnote            
2.                Lubricate chassis components  or every 3 months  whichever occurs first      Lubricate chassis components  or every 3 months  whichever occurs first      DATE  ACTUAL  MILEAGE SERVICED BY     DATE  ACTUAL  MILEAGE SERVICED BY        7 15    Short Trip City Scheduled Maintenance    39 000 Miles  65 000 km     Change engine oil and filter  or every 3 months  whichever occurs first    An Emission Control Service                  See footnote        Check rear front axle fluid level and add fluid as needed  Check constant  velocity joints and axle seals for leaking   See footnote         42 000 Miles  70 000 km     Change engine oil and filter  or every 3 months  whichever occurs first    An Emission Control Service                              See footnote       Check rear front axle fluid level and add fluid as needed  Check constant  velocity joints and axle seals for leaking   See footnote        Rotate tires  See    Tire Inspection and Rotation    in the Index for proper  rotation pattern and additional information   See footnote                          7 16    Lubricate chassis components  or every 3 months  whichever occurs first      Lubricate chassis components  or every 3 months  whichever occurs first      DATE  ACTUAL  MILEAGE SERVICED BY     DATE  ACTUAL  MILEAGE SERVICED BY        Short Trip City Scheduled Maintenance  45 000 Miles  75 000 km                                   Change engine oil and filter  or every 3 months  whichever occurs first    
3.                See footnote        Check rear front axle fluid level and add fluid as needed  Check constant  velocity joints and axle seals for leaking   See footnote         Rotate tires  See    Tire Inspection and Rotation    in the Index for proper  rotation pattern and additional information   See footnote        27 000 Miles  45 000 km     Change engine oil and filter  or every 3 months  whichever occurs first    An Emission Control Service                                    See footnote        Check rear front axle fluid level and add fluid as needed  Check constant  velocity joints and axle seals for leaking   See footnote                     Lubricate chassis components  or every 3 months  whichever occurs first      Lubricate chassis components  or every 3 months  whichever occurs first      DATE  ACTUAL  MILEAGE SERVICED BY     DATE  ACTUAL  MILEAGE SERVICED BY        7 13    Short Trip City Scheduled Maintenance  30 000 Miles  50 000 km     Change engine oil and filter  or every 3 months  whichever occurs first    An Emission Control Service                 ACTUAL  MILEAGE SERVICED BY     Lubricate chassis components  or every 3 months  whichever occurs first     See footnote       Check rear front axle fluid level and add fluid as needed  Check constant  velocity joints and axle seals for leaking   See footnote        Replace fuel filter    An Emission Control Service   See footnote       Replace engine air cleaner filter    An Emission Control Service           
4.           7 36    Long Trip Highway Scheduled Maintenance    Inspect engine accessory drive belt    An Emission Control Service    Replace fuel filter    An Emission Control Service   See footnote F       Replace engine air cleaner filter    An Emission Control Service     67 500 Miles  112 500 km     Change engine oil and filter  or every 12 months  whichever occurs first    An Emission Control Service    Lubricate chassis components  or every 12 months  whichever occurs first     See footnote       Check rear front axle fluid level and add fluid as needed  Check constant  velocity joints and axle seals for leaking   See footnote        Rotate tires  See    Tire Inspection and Rotation    in the Index for proper  rotation pattern and additional information   See footnote                                            ACTUAL  MILEAGE SERVICED BY                          7 37    Long Trip Highway Scheduled Maintenance    75 000 Miles  125 000 km     Change engine oil and filter  or every 12 months  whichever occurs first    An Emission Control Service                 ACTUAL  MILEAGE SERVICED BY     Lubricate chassis components  or every 12 months  whichever occurs first     See footnote       Check rear front axle fluid level and add fluid as needed  Check constant  velocity joints and axle seals for leaking   See footnote        Change automatic transmission fluid and filter if the vehicle is mainly driven  under one or more of these conditions                              In hea
5.      Give freezing protection down to  34  F   37  C       Give boiling protection up to 265  F  129  C       Protect against rust and corrosion      Help keep the proper engine temperature      Let the warning lights and gages work as  they should     6 21    NOTICE     When adding coolant  it is important that you  use only DEX COOL    silicate free  coolant     If coolant other than DEX COOL is added to  the system  premature engine  heater core or    radiator corrosion may result  In addition  the  engine coolant will require change sooner    at  30 000 miles  50 000 km  or 24 months   whichever occurs first  Damage caused by the  use of coolant other than DEX COOL   is not  covered by your new vehicle warranty        6 22    What to Use    Use a mixture of one half clean  drinkable water and  one half DEX COOL   coolant which won   t damage  aluminum parts  If you use this coolant mixture  you   don   t need to add anything else     Adding only plain water to your cooling system  can be dangerous  Plain water  or some other  liquid like alcohol  can boil before the proper  coolant mixture will  Your vehicle   s coolant    warning system is set for the proper coolant  mixture  With plain water or the wrong mixture   your engine could get too hot but you wouldn   t  get the overheat warning  Your engine could  catch fire and you or others could be burned   Use a 50 50 mixture of clean  drinkable water  and DEX COOL   coolant        NOTICE     If you use an improper coolant
6.      If the vehicle is used for delivery service  police  taxi  or other commercial application     One of the reasons you should follow this schedule if  you operate your vehicle under any of these conditions  is that these conditions cause engine oil to break  down sooner        Short Trip City Intervals    Every 3 000 Miles  5 000 km   Engine Oil and Filter  Change  or 3 months  whichever occurs first   Chassis  Lubrication  or 3 months  whichever occurs first   Drive  Axle Service  or 3 months  whichever occurs first      Every 6 000 Miles  10 000 km   Tire Rotation     Every 15 000 Miles  25 000 km   Engine Air  Cleaner Filter Inspection  if driving in dusty  conditions  Automatic Transmission Service   severe conditions only      Every 30 000 Miles  50 000 km   Engine Air Cleaner  Filter Replacement  Fuel Filter Replacement     Every 50 000 Miles  83 000 km   Automatic  Transmission Service  normal conditions      Every 60 000 Miles  100 000 km   Engine Accessory  Drive Belt Inspection      Continued     7 5    Scheduled Maintenance    Short Trip City Intervals    Every 100 000 Miles  166 000 km   Spark Plug Wire  Inspection  Spark Plug Replacement  Positive  Crankcase Ventilation  PCV  Valve Inspection     Every 150 000 Miles  240 000 km   Cooling System  Service  or every 60 months  whichever occurs first      These intervals only summarize maintenance services   Be sure to follow the complete scheduled maintenance  on the following pages     7 6       Long Trip Highw
7.      Moving the whole button up or down raises or lowers  the whole seat     Vertical Control  Move the reclining front seatback  rearward by moving the button toward the rear of the  vehicle  Move the seatback forward by moving the  button toward the front of the vehicle     Power Lumbar Control    The control is on the side  of the driver   s and  passenger   s seat        Press and hold the front of the control until you have the  desired lumbar support  To decrease lumbar support   press the rear of the control     Memory Seat  If Equipped     If your vehicle has this  feature  the memory seat  control on the driver   s seat  looks like this     You can use this memory function to save your  seat cushion and seat back settings by using the  following procedure     1  Adjust the driver   s seat to a safe and comfortable  driving position    2  Press the SET button and then one of the two  numbered memory buttons  You will hear a chime  for each button pushed to confirm that your settings  have been placed in memory     3  To program your remote keyless entry transmitter   press the UNLOCK button within five seconds of  programming the memory button  You will hear a  chime to confirm programming of the transmitter     1 3    When your vehicle is in PARK  P   push and release the  numbered memory button you just stored  The seat will  move to the set position  You will hear one chime     Pressing the unlock button of a remote keyless entry  transmitter will adjust the seat t
8.      Then just pull the hood down firmly to close  It will  latch when dropped from 10 to 12 inches  25 to 30 cm   without pressing on the hood     6 10       Engine Oil  Checking Engine Oil    It   s a good idea to check your engine oil every time you  get fuel  In order to get an accurate reading  the oil must  be warm and the vehicle must be on level ground     The oil dipstick is a  yellow ring     Turn off the engine and give the oil several minutes to  drain back into the oil pan  If you don   t  the oil dipstick  might not show the actual level     Pull out the dipstick and clean it with a paper towel or  cloth  then push it back in all the way  Remove it again   keeping the tip down  and check the level        When to Add Engine Oil    If the oil is at or below the ADD line  then you    Il need  to add at least one quart of oil  But you must use the  right kind  This part explains what kind of oil to use  For  crankcase capacity  see    Capacities and Specifications     in the Index     NOTICE     Don   t add too much oil  If your engine has so  much oil that the oil level gets above the  cross hatched area that shows the proper  operating range  your engine could be damaged        Be sure to fill it enough to put the level somewhere in  the proper operating range  Push the dipstick all the way  back in when you    re through     6 11    TEE tl    Oils recommended for your vehicle can be identified by FOR BEST FUEL ECONOMY AND COLD STARTING  SELECT THE LOWEST  looking
9.      Trico  14 inches 35 6 cm     6 62    Vehicle Dimensions     Wheelbase                107 0 inches  271 8 cm   Length cope ee eeertckd 180 9 inches  459 5 cm   Height                    63 2 inches  160 5 cm   Widths 25a diene anid ek 67 6 inches  171 7 cm   Front Tread                57 3 inches  145 4 cm   Rear Tread                 55 1 inches  139 9 cm      Figures reflect base equipment only     Ze  Section 7 Maintenance Schedule       This section covers the maintenance required for your vehicle  Your vehicle needs these services to retain its safety     dependability and emission control performance     7 2 Introduction 7 42  7 4 Part A  Scheduled Maintenance Services 7 46  7 8 Short Trip City Scheduled Maintenance 7 48  7 30 Long Trip Highway Scheduled Maintenance 7 50    Part B  Owner Checks and Services   Part C  Periodic Maintenance Inspections  Part D  Recommended Fluids and Lubricants  Part E  Maintenance Record    IMPORTANT   KEEP ENGINE OIL  AT THE PROPER  LEVEL AND CHANGE AS  RECOMMENDED    Protection  Plan       Have you purchased the GM Protection Plan  The Plan  supplements your new vehicle warranties  See your  Warranty and Owner Assistance booklet  or your dealer  for details     Introduction    Your Vehicle and the Environment    Proper vehicle maintenance not only helps to keep your  vehicle in good working condition  but also helps the  environment  All recommended maintenance procedures  are important  Improper vehicle maintenance can even  affect
10.     If you hear a hiss  wait for that to stop  A hiss means  there is still some pressure left        3  Fill the radiator with the proper DEX COOL    coolant mixture  up to the base of the filler neck  5  Put the cap back on the coolant recovery tank  but   See    Engine Coolant    in the Index for more           leave the radiator pressure cap off   information about the proper coolant mixture      4  Then fill the coolant recovery tank to the ADD mark     5 17       6  Start the engine and let it run until you can feel the  upper radiator hose getting hot  Watch out for the  engine cooling fan     7  By this time  the coolant level inside the radiator  filler neck may be lower  If the level is lower  add  more of the proper DEX COOL   coolant mixture  through the filler neck until the level reaches the  base of the filler neck          Then replace the pressure cap  At any time during  this procedure if coolant begins to flow out of the  filler neck  reinstall the pressure cap  Be sure the  arrows on the pressure cap line up like this     If a Tire Goes Flat Changing a Flat Tire    It   s unusual for a tire to    blow out    while you   re driving  If a tire goes flat  avoid further tire and wheel damage  especially if you maintain your tires properly  If air goes by driving slowly to a level place  Turn on your hazard  out of a tire  it   s much more likely to leak out slowly  warning flashers     But if you should ever have a    blowout     here are a few  tips about wha
11.     Towing a trailer requires a certain amount of experience   Before setting out for the open road  you   ll want to get  to know your rig  Acquaint yourself with the feel of  handling and braking with the added weight of the  trailer  And always keep in mind that the vehicle you are  driving is now a good deal longer and not nearly as  responsive as your vehicle is by itself     Before you start  check the trailer hitch and platform   and attachments   safety chains  electrical connector   lamps  tires and mirror adjustment  If the trailer has  electric brakes  start your vehicle and trailer moving and  then apply the trailer brake controller by hand to be sure  the brakes are working  This lets you check your  electrical connection at the same time     During your trip  check occasionally to be sure that the  load is secure  and that the lamps and any trailer brakes  are still working     Following Distance    Stay at least twice as far behind the vehicle ahead as you  would when driving your vehicle without a trailer  This  can help you avoid situations that require heavy braking  and sudden turns     4 49    Passing    You ll need more passing distance up ahead when  you   re towing a trailer  And  because you   re a good deal  longer  you   ll need to go much farther beyond the  passed vehicle before you can return to your lane     Backing Up    Hold the bottom of the steering wheel with one hand   Then  to move the trailer to the left  just move that hand  to the left 
12.     What should you do if this ever happens  Ease up on the  accelerator pedal  steer the vehicle the way you want it  to go  and slow down     Speed limit signs near curves warn that you should  adjust your speed  Of course  the posted speeds are  based on good weather and road conditions  Under less  favorable conditions you    ll want to go slower     If you need to reduce your speed as you approach a  curve  do it before you enter the curve  while your front  wheels are straight ahead     Try to adjust your speed so you can    drive    through the  curve  Maintain a reasonable  steady speed  Wait to  accelerate until you are out of the curve  and then  accelerate gently into the straightaway     Steering in Emergencies    There are times when steering can be more effective  than braking  For example  you come over a hill and  find a truck stopped in your lane  or a car suddenly pulls  out from nowhere  or a child darts out from between  parked cars and stops right in front of you  You can  avoid these problems by braking    if you can stop in  time  But sometimes you can   t  there isn   t room    That   s the time for evasive action    steering around   the problem     Your vehicle can perform very well in emergencies like  these  First apply your brakes   See    Braking in  Emergencies    earlier in this section   It is better to  remove as much speed as you can from a possible  collision  Then steer around the problem  to the left or  right depending on the space avail
13.     rev up    the engine and regain  forward momentum  This won   t work  Your vehicle  will roll backwards very quickly and you could go  out of control     4 22    Instead  apply the regular brake to stop the  vehicle  Then apply the parking brake  Shift to  REVERSE  R   release the parking brake  and  slowly back straight down     Never attempt to turn around if you are about to stall  when going up a hill  If the hill is steep enough to  stall your vehicle  it   s steep enough to cause you to  roll over if you turn around  If you can   t make it up  the hill  you must back straight down the hill     Q  Suppose  after stalling  I try to back down the    A    hill and decide I just can   t do it  What should  I do     Set the parking brake  put your transmission in  PARK  P  and turn off the engine  Leave the  vehicle and go get some help  Exit on the uphill  side and stay clear of the path the vehicle would  take if it rolled downhill     Driving Downhill  When off roading takes you downhill  you    ll want to  consider a number of things        How steep is the downhill  Will I be able to maintain Heavy braking when going down a hill can cause  vehicle control  your brakes to overheat and fade  This could    cause loss of control and a serious accident     e   ike      Slippery   What   s the surface like  Smooth  Rough  Slippery  Apply the brakes lightly when descending a    Hard packed dirt  Gravel       hill and use a low gear to keep vehicle speed     Are there hidden
14.     your dealer  Windshield GM Optikleen   Washer Solvent    USAGE FLUID LUBRICANT Washer Solvent   GM Part No  1051515   or equivalent     Engine Oil Engine Oil with the American  Petroleum Institute Certified For  Gasoline Engines starburst symbol  of the proper viscosity  To NLGI   2  Category LB  determine the preferred viscosity     Ada    or GC LB    for your vehicle   s engine  see     Engine Oil    in the Index  Power GM Power Steering Fluid    Parking Brake Chassis Lubricant  GM Part  Cable Guides No  12377985 or equivalent  or  lubricant meeting requirements of    Steering System    GM Part No  1052884   1 pint   1050017   1 quart  or equivalent      Goodwrench   DEX COOL   or Automatic DEXRON   III Automatic  Havoline   DEX COOL   Transmission Transmission Fluid     Engine Coolant   50 50 mixture of clean  drinkable  water and use only GM    Coolant  See    Engine Coolant    in Multi Purpose Lubricant    the Index  Superlube    GM Part  No  12346241 or equivalent      7 48    USAGE FLUID LUBRICANT    Chassis  Lubrication    Chassis Lubricant  GM Part   No  12377985 or equivalent  or  lubricant meeting requirements of  NLGI   2  Category LB   or GC LB     Front Axle SAE 80W 90 Axle Lubricant  GM  Part No  1052271 or equivalent      Rear Axle Axle Lubricant  use only GM  Part No  1052271  Do not add    friction modifier      Locking  Differential     Automatic Automatic Transfer Case Fluid  Transfer Case  GM Part No  12378396      Hood Latch Lubriplate   Lubricant Ae
15.    6 27    So  it isn   t a good idea to    top off    your brake fluid   Adding brake fluid won   t correct a leak  If you add fluid  when your linings are worn  then you    ll have too much  fluid when you get new brake linings  You should add   or remove  brake fluid  as necessary  only when work is  done on the brake hydraulic system     If you have too much brake fluid  it can spill on  the engine  The fluid will burn if the engine is    hot enough  You or others could be burned  and  your vehicle could be damaged  Add brake  fluid only when work is done on the brake  hydraulic system     Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine when to  check your brake fluid  See    Periodic Maintenance  Inspections    in the Index     6 28       Checking Brake Fluid    You can check the brake  fluid without taking off  the cap     Just look at the brake fluid reservoir  The fluid level  should be above MIN  If it isn   t  have your brake system  checked to see if there is a leak     After work is done on the brake hydraulic system  make  sure the level is above the MIN but not over the  MAX mark     What to Add    When you do need brake fluid  use only DOT 3 brake NOTICE    fluid  Refer to    Recommended Fluids and Lubricants      in the Index  Use new brake fluid from a sealed   Using the wrong fluid can badly damage  container only  brake system parts  For example  just a few  Always clean the brake fluid reservoir cap and the area drops of mineral based oil  such as engine  a
16.    Bumper to Bumper  3 years 36 000 miles  60 000 km        Limited Warranty  Every  2000 Bravada  backed with the  following    services  1 800 442  OLD S    that provides in an emergency      Free lockout assistance  Courtesy  Transportation    Free dead battery assistance     SS  Deluxe Trip    Free out of fuel assistance  Routing       Free flat tire change     Emergency towing       2000 Oldsmobile Bravada  Owner s Manual    Litho in U S A     Copyright General Motors Corporation 1999  Part Number 22618960 A First Edition All Rights Reserved    ii    Co  CS  Co          CS           o  CS    Seats and Seat Controls  Safety Belts    Keys and Door Locks   Remote Keyless Entry  RKE  System  Liftgate   Automatic Transmission  All Wheel Drive   Parking Brake   Windows   Tilt Wheel   Turn Signal Multifunction Lever  Windshield Wipers    Table of Contents    Seats and Restraint Systems              Air Bag Systems  Child Restraints    Features and Controls    VY    VVVVVIVYVY    Cruise Control   Interior and Exterior Lamps   Mirrors   Storage Compartments   Luggage Carrier   Accessory Power Outlets   OnStar   System  If Equipped    Sunroof  If Equipped    HomeLink   Transmitter   Instrument Panel  Warning Lights and Gages       6    Table of Contents  cont d        C C       Comfort Controls and Audio Systems       Heating and Air Conditioning    Radio Theft Deterrent Feature  Setting the Radio Clock    Steering Wheel Controls     Radio Cassette Player CD Player    Your Driving
17.    Have your vehicle in good shape for winter       You may want to put winter emergency supplies in  your vehicle     4 38    Include an ice scraper  a small brush or broom  a supply  of windshield washer fluid  a rag  some winter outer  clothing  a small shovel  a flashlight  a red cloth and  reflective warning triangles  And  if you will be driving  under severe conditions  include a small bag of sand  a  piece of old carpet or a couple of burlap bags to help  provide traction  Be sure you properly secure these  items in your vehicle     Driving on Snow or Ice    Most of the time  those places where your tires meet the  road probably have good traction     However  if there is snow or ice between your tires and  the road  you can have a very slippery situation  You    ll  have a lot less traction or    grip    and will need to be  very careful              What   s the worst time for this     Wet ice     Very cold  snow or ice can be slick and hard to drive on  But wet  ice can be even more trouble because it may offer the  least traction of all  You can get wet ice when it   s about  freezing  32  F  0  C  and freezing rain begins to fall   Try to avoid driving on wet ice until salt and sand crews  can get there        Whatever the condition    smooth ice  packed  blowing  or loose snow    drive with caution     Accelerate gently  Try not to break the fragile traction   If you accelerate too fast  the drive wheels will spin and  polish the surface under the tires even mor
18.    in a situation like this  we certainly hope you    ll notify  us  Please call us at 1 800 442 6537  or write     Oldsmobile Customer Assistance Network  16 E  Judson Street   P O  Box 436006   Pontiac  MI 48343 6006    8 10    In Canada  please call us at 1 800 263 3777  English   or 1 800 263 7854  French   Or  write     General Motors of Canada Limited  Customer Communication Centre  163 005  1908 Colonel Sam Drive   Oshawa  Ontario L1H 8P7    Ordering Owner Publications  in Canada    Owner   s manuals are available for purchase for all  current and most past model General Motors vehicles     The toll free telephone number for ordering information  in Canada is 1 800 668 5539     2000 OLDSMOBILE SERVICE PUBLICATIONS ORDERING INFORMATION    The following publications covering the operation and servicing of your vehicle can be purchased by filling out  the Service Publication Order Form in this book and mailing it in with your check  money order   or credit card information to Helm  Incorporated  address below      CURRENT PUBLICATIONS FOR 2000 OLDSMOBILE    SERVICE MANUALS   Service Manuals have the diagnosis and repair information  on engines  transmission  axle  suspension  brakes   electrical  steering  body  etc    RETAIL SELL PRICE   120 00    TRANSMISSION  TRANSAXLE  TRANSFER CASE  UNIT REPAIR MANUAL    This manual provides information on unit repair service  procedures  adjustments and specifications for the    2000 GM transmissions  transaxles and transfer cases  
19.    treat the area with a water baking soda solution   1 teaspoon  5 ml  of baking soda to 1 cup  250 ml   of lukewarm water     4  Let dry     Stains caused by candy  ice cream  mayonnaise  chili  sauce and unknown stains can be removed as follows     1  Carefully scrape off excess stain     2  First  clean with cool water and allow to  dry completely     3  If astain remains  follow instructions for  Multi Purpose Interior Cleaner     6 46    Cleaning Vinyl  Use warm water and a clean cloth       Rub with a clean  damp cloth to remove dirt   You may have to do it more than once        Things like tar  asphalt and shoe polish will stain if  you don   t get them off quickly  Use a clean cloth  and a vinyl leather cleaner  See your dealer for  this product     Cleaning Leather    Use a soft cloth with lukewarm water and a mild soap or  saddle soap and wipe dry with a soft cloth  Then  let the  leather dry naturally  Do not use heat to dry       For stubborn stains  use a leather cleaner  See your  dealer for this product       Never use oils  varnishes  solvent based or abrasive  cleaners  furniture polish or shoe polish on leather       Soiled or stained leather should be cleaned  immediately  If dirt is allowed to work into the  finish  it can harm the leather     Cleaning the Top of the Instrument Panel    Use only mild soap and water to clean the top surfaces  of the instrument panel  Sprays containing silicones or  waxes may cause annoying reflections in the windshield  an
20.   A cold check is used only as a  reference   If the fluid level is low  add only enough of  the proper fluid to bring the level up to the HOT area for  a hot check  It doesn   t take much fluid  generally less  than one pint  0 5 L   Don t overfill     NOTICE     We recommend you use only fluid labeled    DEXRON   IIL  because fluid with that label is  made especially for your automatic transmission   Damage caused by fluid other than DEXRON      is not covered by your new vehicle warranty        e After adding fluid  recheck the fluid level as  described under    How to Check          When the correct fluid level is obtained  push the  dipstick back in all the way  then flip the handle  down to lock the dipstick in place     All Wheel Drive    Transfer Case  When to Check Lubricant    Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine how  often to check the lubricant  See    Periodic Maintenance  Inspections    in the Index     How to Check Lubricant       If the level is below the bottom of the filler plug hole   you    ll need to add some lubricant  Add enough lubricant  to raise the level to the bottom of the filler plug hole     6 19    What to Use    Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine what  kind of lubricant to use  See    Recommended Fluids and  Lubricants    in the Index     Front Axle  When to Check and Change Lubricant    Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine how  often to check the lubricant and when to change it   See    Scheduled Maintenance Se
21.   Fuels in Foreign Countries    If you plan on driving in another country outside the  United States or Canada  the proper fuel may be hard to  find  Never use leaded gasoline or any other fuel not  recommended in the previous text on fuel  Costly repairs  caused by use of improper fuel wouldn   t be covered by  your watranty     To check on fuel availability  ask an auto club  or  contact a major oil company that does business in the  country where you ll be driving     You can also write us at the following address for  advice  Just tell us where you   re going and give your  Vehicle Identification Number  VIN      General Motors Overseas Distribution Corporation  1908 Colonel Sam Drive  Oshawa  Ontario L1H 8P7    Filling Your Tank    Gasoline vapor is highly flammable  It burns    violently  and that can cause very bad injuries   Don   t smoke if you   re near gasoline or refueling  your vehicle  Keep sparks  flames and smoking  materials away from gasoline           The fuel cap is located behind a hinged door on the  driver   s side of your vehicle     6 5    A  CAUTION     If you get gasoline on yourself and then  something ignites it  you could be badly burned   Gasoline can spray out on you if you open the  fuel filler cap too quickly  This spray can happen  if your tank is nearly full  and is more likely in  hot weather  Open the fuel filler cap slowly and  wait for any    hiss    noise to stop  Then unscrew  the cap all the way        While refueling  hang the cap b
22.   If you open the  door  make sure it is  securely closed when you  are finished        6 14    What to Do with Used Oil    Did you know that used engine oil contains certain  elements that may be unhealthy for your skin and could  even cause cancer  Don   t let used oil stay on your skin  for very long  Clean your skin and nails with soap and  water  or a good hand cleaner  Wash or properly throw  away clothing or rags containing used engine oil     See the manufacturer   s warnings about the use and  disposal of oil products      Used oil can be a real threat to the environment  If you  change your own oil  be sure to drain all free flowing oil  from the filter before disposal  Don   t ever dispose of oil  by putting it in the trash  pouring it on the ground  into  sewers  or into streams or bodies of water  Instead   recycle it by taking it to a place that collects used oil    If you have a problem properly disposing of your used  oil  ask your dealer  a service station or a local recycling  center for help     Engine Air Cleaner Filter    Operating the engine with the air cleaner filter  off can cause you or others to be burned  The air  cleaner not only cleans the air  it stops flame if  the engine backfires  If it isn   t there  and the  engine backfires  you could be burned  Don   t  drive with it off  and be careful working on the  engine with the air cleaner filter off        NOTICE     1  To remove the air cleaner  remove the fasteners that   i  hold the cover on  I
23.   If you park in a lot where someone will be watching  your vehicle  it   s best to lock it up and take your keys   But what if you have to leave your ignition key  What if  you have to leave something valuable in your vehicle       Put your valuables in a storage area  like your  glove box        If your vehicle has a remote keyless entry system   take the transmitter with you       Lock all the doors except the driver   s     Content Theft Deterrent    Your vehicle is equipped with a content theft deterrent  alarm system     With this system  the  SECURITY light will flash  as you open the door    if your ignition is off      SECURITY    This light reminds you to activate the theft deterrent  system  Here   s how to do it     1  Open the door     2  Lock the door with the power door lock switch or the  remote keyless entry transmitter  The SECURITY  light should come on and stay on     3  Close all doors  The SECURITY light should go off  after approximately 30 seconds  The alarm is not  armed until the SECURITY light goes off     If a door is opened without the key or the remote keyless  entry transmitter  the alarm will go off  Your vehicle   s  headlamps will flash and the horn will sound for   110 seconds  then will turn off to save the battery power     Remember  the theft deterrent system won   t activate if  you lock the doors with a key or use the manual door  lock  It activates only if you use a power door lock  switch with the door open  or with the remote keyless
24.   Pressing the REAR button on your climate control  system will also activate your heated outside mirrors   if equipped   This will help to keep ice  snow and  condensation from collecting on your mirror surfaces     Do not attach a temporary vehicle license  tape or decals  across the defogger grid on the rear window     NOTICE     Don   t use a razor blade or something else sharp  on the inside of the rear window  If you do  you  could cut or damage the warming grid  and the  repairs wouldn   t be covered by your warranty        Ventilation System    For mild outside temperatures when little heating or  cooling is needed  use VENT to direct outside air  through your vehicle  Airflow is through the instrument  panel outlets     Your vehicle   s ventilation system supplies outside air to  the inside of your vehicle when it is moving  When the  vehicle is not moving  you can get outside air to flow  through by selecting any mode and any fan speed        You will find air outlets in the center and on the sides of  your instrument panel     You can direct the airflow side to side by rotating the  thumbwheel located in the center of the vent  The vent  can be tilted up and down also  To control the amount of  airflow through the outlets  rotate the thumbwheel  below the vent     Ventilation Tips       Keep the hood and front air inlet free of ice  snow or  any other obstruction  such as leaves   The heater  and defroster will work far better  reducing the  chance of fogging the i
25.   Your vehicle doesn   t need an elaborate     break in     But it will perform better in the long  run if you follow these guidelines        Keep your speed at 55 mph  88 km h  or  less for the first 500 miles  805 km       Don   t drive at any one speed    fast or  slow    for the first 500 miles  805 km    Don   t make full throttle starts   Avoid making hard stops for the first  200 miles  322 km  or so  During this time  your new brake linings aren   t yet broken  in  Hard stops with new linings can mean  premature wear and earlier replacement   Follow this breaking in guideline every ACCESSORY  A   This position lets you use things  time you get new brake linings  like the radio and the windshield wipers when the  engine is off  Push in the key and turn it toward you   Your steering wheel will remain locked  just as it was  before you inserted the key        Don   t tow a trailer during break in   See    Towing a Trailer    in the Index for  more information        2 13    OFF  C   This position lets you turn off the engine  NOTICE  but still turn the steering wheel  Use OFF if you must  have your vehicle in motion while the engine is off  Don   t operate accessories in the ACCESSORY  for example  if your vehicle is being towed    position for long periods of time  Prolonged RUN  D   This is the position for driving   operation of accessories in the ACCESSORY  position could drain your battery and prevent    you from starting your vehicle  Retained Accessory Power    ST
26.   and clearly     NOTICE     Before you add any sound equipment to your  vehicle    like a tape player  CB radio  mobile  telephone or two way radio    be sure you can  add what you want  If you can  it   s very  important to do it properly  Added sound  equipment may interfere with the operation of  your vehicle   s engine  Delphi Delco Electronics  radio or other systems  and even damage them   Your vehicle   s systems may interfere with the  operation of sound equipment that has been  added improperly    So  before adding sound equipment  check with  your dealer and be sure to check Federal rules  covering mobile radio and telephone units        3 21    Care of Your Cassette Tape Player    A tape player that is not cleaned regularly can cause  reduced sound quality  ruined cassettes or a damaged  mechanism  Cassette tapes should be stored in their  cases away from contaminants  direct sunlight and  extreme heat  If they aren   t  they may not operate  properly or may cause failure of the tape player     Your tape player should be cleaned regularly after every  50 hours of use  Your radio may display CLN to indicate  that you have used your tape player for 50 hours without  resetting the tape clean timer  If this message appears on  the display  your cassette tape player needs to be  cleaned  It will still play tapes  but you should clean it as  soon as possible to prevent damage to your tapes and  player  If you notice a reduction in sound quality  try a  known good casset
27.   and negative     will go to an unpainted   metal engine part or a body metal surface  Don   t  connect positive     to negative     or you   ll get a  short that would damage the battery and maybe other  parts too  And don   t connect the negative       to negative         6  Connect the red  positive     cable to the  positive     terminal of  the vehicle with the  dead battery           7  Don   t let the other end    touch metal  Connect it  to the positive      terminal of the   good battery       Now connect the  black negative      cable to the   good battery   s  negative      terminal        Don   t let the other end touch anything until the next  step  The other end of the negative     cable doesn   t  go to the dead battery  It goes to a heavy  unpainted  metal part on the engine of the vehicle with the  dead battery     9  Attach the cable at least  18 inches  45 cm  away  from the dead battery   but not near engine parts  that move  The electrical  connection is just as  good there  but the  chance of sparks getting  back to the battery is  much less     10  Now start the vehicle with the good battery and run  the engine for a while     11  Try to start the vehicle with the dead battery   If it won   t start after a few tries  make sure all  connections are good  If it still won   t start  it  probably needs service     Fans or other moving engine parts can injure you  badly  Keep your hands away from moving parts  once the engine is running        12  Remove th
28.   appear on the display     PUSHBUTTONS  The five numbered pushbuttons let  you return to your favorite stations  You can set up to  15 stations  five AM  five FM1 and five FM2   Just     1  Turn the radio on   Press AM FM to select the band     uo op    Tune in the desired station      gt     Press TONE to select the equalization that best suits  the type of station selected   This function is not  available on the Bose radio      5  Press and hold one of the five numbered buttons  The  sound will mute  When it returns  release the button   Whenever you press that numbered button  the station  you set will return and the tone that you selected will  also be automatically selected for that button   The  tone will not automatically return on the Bose radio      6  Repeat the steps for each pushbutton     3 9    P SCAN  Press SCAN for more than two seconds  and  P SCAN will appear on the display  The radio will go to  the first preset station stored on your pushbuttons  stop  for a few seconds  then go on to the next preset station   Press SCAN again to stop scanning     Setting the Tone    BASS  Press this knob lightly so it extends  Turn the  knob to increase or decrease bass  When you use this  control  the radio   s tone setting will switch to manual    The radio   s tone setting will not switch to manual on  the Bose radio      TREB  Press this knob lightly so it extends  Then pull  the knob all the way out  Turn the knob to increase or  decrease treble  When you use this 
29.   entry transmitter  You should also remember that you  can start your vehicle with the correct ignition key if the  alarm has been set off     Here   s how to avoid setting off the alarm by accident        If you don   t want to activate the theft deterrent  system  the vehicle should be locked with the door  key after the doors are closed     e  Always unlock a door with a key  or use the remote  keyless entry transmitter  Unlocking a door any other  way will set off the alarm     If you set off the alarm by accident  unlock any door  with the key  You can also turn off the alarm by pressing  UNLOCK on the remote keyless transmitter  The alarm  won   t stop if you try to unlock a door any other way     2 11    Testing the Alarm  The alarm can be tested by following these steps     1  From inside the vehicle  lower the driver   s window  and open the driver   s door     2  Activate the system by locking the doors with the  power door lock switch while the door is open  or  with the remote keyless entry transmitter     3  Get out of the vehicle  close the door and wait for the  SECURITY light to go out     4  Then reach in through the window  unlock the door  with the manual door lock and open the door   This should set off the alarm     If the alarm does not sound when it should but the  vehicle   s headlamps flash  check to see if the horn  works  The horn fuse may be blown  To replace the fuse   see    Fuses and Circuit Breakers    in the Index     If the alarm does not so
30.   proceed to Step 2  Otherwise  hold down  the two outside buttons on the HomeLink  Transmitter until the indicator light begins to flash  rapidly  after 20 seconds   Then release the buttons     This procedure initializes the memory and erases any    previous settings for all three channels     2 50      Decide which one of the three channels you want to    program  Hold the end of the hand held transmitter  about 2 to 5 inches  5 to 13 cm  away from the  surface of the HomeLink Transmitter so that you can  still see the indicator light       Using both hands  press the hand held transmitter    button and the desired button on the HomeLink  Transmitter  Continue to press both buttons  through Step 4       Hold down both buttons until you see the red light    on the HomeLink Transmitter flash rapidly  The  rapid flashing indicates that the HomeLink  Transmitter has been programmed  Release both  buttons once the light starts to flash rapidly     If you have trouble programming the HomeLink  Transmitter  make sure that you have followed the  directions exactly as described and that the battery in the  hand held transmitter is not dead  If you still cannot  program it  rotate the hand held transmitter end over end  and try again  The HomeLink Transmitter may not work  with older garage door openers that do not meet current  Federal Consumer Safety Standards  If you cannot  program the transmitter after repeated attempts  refer to     Training a Garage Door Opener with Rolling C
31.   vehicle safety standards     Then follow the instructions for the restraint  You may  find these instructions on the restraint itself or in a  booklet  or both  These restraints use the belt system in  your vehicle  but the child also has to be secured within  the restraint to help reduce the chance of personal injury   The instructions that come with the infant or child  restraint will show you how to do that  Both the owner   s  manual and the child restraint instructions are important   so if either one of these is not available  obtain a  replacement copy from the manufacturer     1 41    Where to Put the Restraint    Accident statistics show that children are safer if they  are restrained in the rear rather than the front seat  We at  General Motors therefore recommend that you put your  child restraint in a rear seat outside position  Never put a  rear facing child restraint in the front passenger seat   Here   s why     A child in a rear facing child restraint can be  seriously injured or killed if the right front  passenger   s air bag inflates  This is because the    back of the rear facing child restraint would be  very close to the inflating air bag  Always secure  a rear facing child restraint in a rear seat  outside position     CAUTION   Continued     1 42       You may secure a forward facing child restraint  in the right front seat  but before you do  always    move the front passenger seat as far back as it  will go  It   s better to secure the child restra
32.   won   t get good traction  You can   t accelerate as quickly   turning is more difficult  and you    ll need longer  braking distances     It   s best to use a low gear when you re in mud    the  deeper the mud  the lower the gear  In really deep mud   the idea is to keep your vehicle moving so you don   t  get stuck     4 26    When you drive on sand  you   Il sense a change in wheel  traction  But it will depend upon how loosely packed the  sand is  On loosely packed sand  as on beaches or sand  dunes  your tires will tend to sink into the sand  This has  an effect on steering  accelerating and braking  You may  want to reduce the air pressure in your tires slightly  when driving on sand  This will improve traction     Hard packed snow and ice offer the worst tire traction   On these surfaces  it   s very easy to lose control  On wet  ice  for example  the traction is so poor that you will  have difficulty accelerating  And if you do get moving   poor steering and difficult braking can cause you to slide  out of control     Driving on frozen lakes  ponds or rivers can be  dangerous  Underwater springs  currents under    the ice  or sudden thaws can weaken the ice  Your  vehicle could fall through the ice and you and  your passengers could drown  Drive your vehicle  on safe surfaces only        Driving in Water    Light rain causes no special off road driving problems   But heavy rain can mean flash flooding  and flood  waters demand extreme caution     Find out how deep t
33.  Deterrent Feature    Enter your secret code as follows  pause no more than  15 seconds between steps     1  Turn the ignition to ACCESSORY or RUN   2  Turn the radio off     3  Press the   and 4 buttons together  Hold them down  until SEC shows on the display     4  Press MN and 000 will appear on the display     5  Press MN again to make the last two digits agree  with your code     6  Press HR to make the first one or two digits agree  with your code     7  Press AM FM after you have confirmed that the code  matches the secret code you have written down  The  display will show      indicating that the radio is no  longer secured     If the code entered is incorrect  SEC will appear on the  display  The radio will remain secured until the correct  code is entered     When battery power is removed and later applied to a  secured radio  the radio won   t turn on and LOC will  appear on the display     3 19    To unlock a secured radio  see    Unlocking the  Theft Deterrent Feature After a Power Loss    earlier in  this section     Audio Steering Wheel Controls   If Equipped     If your vehicle has this feature  you can control certain    radio functions using the buttons on your steering wheel     PROG  Press this button to  play a station you have  programmed on the radio  preset buttons on the  selected band        If a cassette tape is playing  press this button to play the  other side of the tape  If a compact disc is playing in the  console mounted CD changer  press this
34.  Down Window    The driver   s window switch has an express down  feature that allows you to lower it without holding the  window switch  Hold the driver   s window switch down  briefly to activate the express down feature  Lightly tap  the switch to open the window slightly  The  express down feature can be interrupted at any time by  pressing the up arrow end of the switch     Lockout Switch    Your vehicle has a lockout feature to prevent passengers  from operating the power windows  Press LOCK to  activate this feature  Press NORM and the windows  return to normal operation     Horn    To sound the horn  press the center pad on the  steering wheel     Tilt Wheel    You should adjust the  steering wheel before you  drive  The tilt lever is  located on the driver   s side  of the steering column   under the turn signal lever        You can raise it to the highest level to give your legs  more room when you enter and exit the vehicle     To tilt the wheel  hold the steering wheel and pull the  lever toward you  Move the steering wheel to a  comfortable level  then release the lever to lock the  wheel in place     Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving     Turn Signal Multifunction Lever       The lever on the left side of the steering column  includes your     Turn and Lane Change Signals  Headlamp High Low Beam Changer  Flash to Pass   Windshield Wipers   Windshield Washer    Cruise Control    2 27    Turn and Lane Change Signals    The turn signal has two upward  f
35.  If your radio  displays an error number  write it down and provide it to  your dealer when reporting the problem     REV  1   Press this button to reverse the tape rapidly   Press it again to return to playing speed  The radio will  play the last selected station while the tape reverses   You may select stations during REV operation by  using TUNE     FWD  2   Press this button to advance quickly to  another part of the tape  Press the button again to return  to playing speed  The radio will play the last selected  station while the tape advances  You may select stations  during FWD operation by using TUNE     3 11    PROG  3   Press this button to play the other side of  the tape     DO  4   Press this button to reduce background noise   Note that the double D symbol will appear on the display     Dolby Noise Reduction is manufactured under a license  from Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation  Dolby  and the double D symbol are trademarks of Dolby  Laboratories Licensing Corporation     TONE  Press this button to select a tone while playing a  cassette  The tone that you set will be activated each  time you play a cassette tape   This button is not  available on the Bose radio      SEEK  Press the up or down arrow to search for the  next or previous selection on the tape  Your tape must  have at least three seconds of silence between each  selection for SEEK to work     SCAN  Press this button to listen to each selection for a  few seconds  The tape will go to the next 
36.  P  with the  parking brake firmly set  Your vehicle can roll     Don   t leave your vehicle when the engine is  running unless you have to  If you have left the     nv 0z T    engine running  the vehicle can move suddenly   You or others could be injured  To be sure your  vehicle won   t move  even when you   re on fairly    PARK  P   This locks your wheels  It   s the best position level p R e ao brake and  to use when you start your engine because your vehicle MOVE LNE SMLF TEVET 10     can   t move easily  See    Shifting Into PARK  P     in the Index  If    you   re pulling a trailer  see    Towing a Trailer    in  the Index        2 17    Ensure the shift lever is fully in PARK  P  before  starting the engine  Your vehicle has an automatic  transmission shift lock control system You have to fully  apply your regular brakes before you can shift from  PARK  P  when the ignition key is in RUN  If you  cannot shift out of PARK  P   ease pressure on the shift  lever    press the button on the shift lever and push the  shift lever all the way into PARK  P  as you maintain  brake application  Then move the shift lever into the  gear you wish  See    Shifting Out of PARK  P     in   the Index     REVERSE  R   Use this gear to back up     NOTICE     Shifting to REVERSE  R  while your vehicle is    moving forward could damage your  transmission  Shift to REVERSE  R  only after  your vehicle is stopped        To rock your vehicle back and forth to get out of snow   ice or sand wit
37.  PARKING  LAMPS    These symbols  have to do with  your lamps     x e    O     SWITCH    i    HAZARD  WARNING  FLASHER    DAYTIME     RUNNING      LAMPS      D    o  AIR BAG 2 FOG LAMPS x D    These symbols  are on some of  your controls     WINDSHIELD  WIPER  ey en  Q    t 1  WINDSHIELD  WASHER  iT    a   PS  WINDSHIELD  DEFROSTER    REAR  WINDOW  DEFOGGER    GH    VENTILATING  FAN    These symbols  are used on  warning and  indicator lights     _E  aia    ENGINE  COOLANT  TEMP    BATTERY  CHARGING  SYSTEM    erae  P   Scar lal    ENGINE OIL  PRESSURE 7      s     ANTI LOCK  BRAKES    Here are some  other symbols  you may see     FUSE Vv    e    LIGHTER oc    HORN bey    SPEAKER Y  FUEL                       For  a More  Detailed Look at  What s Under the Hood    See Section 6       Hood Release  See Section 6    Windshield Washer  Fluid  See Section 6    Battery f    See Section6 Cooling System Tire Pressure  See Section 5 See Section 6    Service Station Guide            Spare Tire Pressure  See Section 6    Engine Oil Dipstick    See Section 6 Fuel  Use unleaded gas only   87 Octane or higher     See Section 6    Oil Viscosity    Engine Oil  See Section 6       Ze  Section 1 Seats and Restraint Systems       Here you   ll find information about the seats in your vehicle and how to use your safety belts properly  You can also  learn about some things you should not do with air bags and safety belts     1 2 Seats and Seat Controls 1 31  1 7 Safety Belts  They   re for Every
38.  Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks     Pull up on the latch plate to make sure it is secure     If the belt isn   t long enough  see    Safety Belt  Extender    at the end of this section     Make sure the release button on the buckle is    positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the  safety belt quickly if you ever had to        5  To make the lap part tight  pull down on the buckle  end of the belt as you pull up on the shoulder belt     1 14       Q    3    GAY    R  gt  sS       EZ  i    K       N  Ny    DN  yy   W                      The lap part of the belt should be worn low and snug on  the hips  just touching the thighs  In a crash  this applies  force to the strong pelvic bones  And yov   d be less likely  to slide under the lap belt  If you slid under it  the belt  would apply force at your abdomen  This could cause  serious or even fatal injuries  The shoulder belt should go  over the shoulder and across the chest  These parts of the  body are best able to take belt restraining forces     The safety belt locks if there   s a sudden stop or crash  or  if you pull the belt very quickly out of the retractor     Q  What   s wrong with this        You can be seriously hurt if your shoulder belt is    too loose  In a crash  you would move forward  too much  which could increase injury  The  shoulder belt should fit against your body               A             4                                   The shoulder belt is too loose  It won   t give nea
39.  RETAIL SELL PRICE   50 00    SERVICE BULLETINS   Service Bulletins give technical service information needed  to knowledgeably service General Motors cars and trucks   Each bulletin contains instructions to assist in the  diagnosis and service of your vehicle     PLEASE COMPLETE THE ORDER FORM SHOWN ON  THE FOLLOWING PAGE AND MAIL TO     Helm  Incorporated   P O  Box 07130     Detroit  MI 48207    OWNER   S INFORMATION    Owner publications are written directly for Owners and  intended to provide basic operational information about the  vehicle  The owner   s manual will include the Maintenance  Schedule for all models     In Portfolio  Includes a Portfolio  Owner   s Manual and  Warranty Booklet   RETAIL SELL PRICE   20 00    Without Portfolio  Owner   s Manual only   RETAIL SELL PRICE   15 00    CURRENT  amp  PAST MODEL ORDER FORMS    Service Publications are available for current and past  model GM vehicles  To request an order form  please  specify year and model name of the vehicle     OR ORDER TOLL FREE  1 800 551 4123  Monday Friday 8 00 AM     6 00 PM Eastern Time    For Credit Card Orders Only  VISA   MasterCard   Discover        ORDER TOLL FREE Orders will be mailed within 10 days of receipt  Please allow adequate time for postal   NOTE  For Credit Card Holders Only  service  If further information is needed  write to the address shown below or call  1 800 551 4123 1 800 551 4123  Material cannot be returned for credit without packing slip with return   Monday Frid
40.  Steering 4 36 Hill and Mountain Roads   4 12 Off Road Recovery 4 38 Winter Driving   4 12 Passing 4 41 Recreational Vehicle Towing  4 14 Loss of Control 4 42 Loading Your Vehicle   4 15 Operating Your Vehicle Off Paved Roads 4 44 Towing a Trailer   4 28 Driving at Night       Your Driving  the Road  and Your Vehicle    Whenever we drive  we   re taking on an important  responsibility  This is true for any motor   vehicle    passenger car  van  truck or sport utility   Driver behavior  the driving environment  and the  vehicle   s design all affect how well a vehicle performs   But statistics show that the most important factor  by far   is how we drive  Knowing how these three factors work  together can help you understand how your vehicle  handles and what you can do to avoid many types of  crashes  including a rollover crash     4 2    Driver Behavior    The single most important thing is this  everyone   in the vehicle  including the driver  should buckle up   see    Safety Belts    in the Index   In fact  most   serious injuries and fatalities to unbelted occupants can  be reduced or prevented by the use of safety belts  In a  rollover crash  an unbelted person is significantly more  likely to die than a person wearing a seat belt  In  addition  avoiding excessive speed  sudden or abrupt  turns and drunken or aggressive driving can help make  trips safer and avoid the possibility of a crash  especially  a rollover crash  This section provides many useful tips  to help yo
41.  To move the trailer to the right  move your  hand to the right  Always back up slowly and  if  possible  have someone guide you     Making Turns    NOTICE     Making very sharp turns while trailering could    cause the trailer to come in contact with the  vehicle  Your vehicle could be damaged  Avoid  making very sharp turns while trailering        4 50    When you   re turning with a trailer  make wider turns  than normal  Do this so your trailer won   t strike soft  shoulders  curbs  road signs  trees or other objects   Avoid jerky or sudden maneuvers  Signal well   in advance     Turn Signals When Towing a Trailer    When you tow a trailer  your vehicle has to have extra  wiring and a heavy duty turn signal flasher     The arrows on your instrument panel will flash  whenever you signal a turn or lane change  Properly  hooked up  the trailer lamps will also flash  telling other  drivers you   re about to turn  change lanes or stop     When towing a trailer  the arrows on your instrument  panel will flash for turns even if the bulbs on the trailer  are burned out  Thus  you may think drivers behind you  are seeing your signal when they are not  It   s important  to check occasionally to be sure the trailer bulbs are  still working     Driving On Grades    Reduce speed and shift to a lower gear before you start  down a long or steep downgrade  If you don   t shift  down  you might have to use your brakes so much that  they would get hot and no longer work well     You should
42.  Training a Garage Door Opener with a     Rolling Code    Feature  If Equipped     If you have not previously programmed the hand held  transmitter to the HomeLink Transmitter  see     Programming the Transmitter    listed previously    If you have completed this programming already  you  now need to train the garage door opener motor head  unit to recognize the HomeLink Transmitter  Refer to  your garage door opener owner   s manual for the proper  transmitter training procedure for your garage door  opener brand     1  Find the training button on the garage door opener  motor head unit  The exact location and color will  vary by garage door opener brand  If you have  difficulty finding the training button  refer to your  garage door opener owner   s manual     2  Press the training button on the garage door opener  motor head unit  An indicator light will begin to  flash when the motor head unit enters the  training mode     Following this step  you have 30 seconds to  start Step 3     2 52    3  Return to the HomeLink Transmitter in your vehicle  and firmly press and release the HomeLink  Transmitter button you have already programmed for  two to three seconds  Press and release the button  again  you may need to do this step up to three times   to make sure that the HomeLink Transmitter has been  trained to the garage door opener motor head unit   Check that the training was successful  The motor  head unit indicator light should no longer be flashing     The garage door 
43.  and the Road    Braking Anti lock Brakes    Recreational Vehicle Towing  Steering    Loading Your Vehicle  Driving Tips for Various Road Conditions    Towing a Trailer   Off Road Driving    Problems on the Road       Hazard Warning Flashers    Engine Overheating    Jump Starting    Changing a Flat Tire       Towing Your Vehicle    lf You re Stuck       iii          iv    Table of Contents  cont d     Service and Appearance Care    Fuel    Appearance Care   Checking Fluids and Lubricants    Electrical System Fuses and Circuit Breakers  Bulb Replacement    Capacities and Specifications   Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement    Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts  Tires and Wheels    Maintenance Schedule    Scheduled Maintenance    Recommended Fluids and Lubricants  Periodic Maintenance Inspections    Maintenance Records       ZO Table of Contents  cont d     Customer Assistance Information    Section 8    Customer Satisfaction Procedures    Warranty Information  See Warranty Manual        Customer Assistance Offices    Reporting Safety Defects on page 8 9     Roadside Assistance and Courtesy Transportation    Service Publications       Please refer to the last page of this manual for your Service Station Guide    GENERAL MOTORS  GM  the GM Emblem   OLDSMOBILE  the OLDSMOBILE Rocket Emblem  and the name BRAVADA are registered trademarks of  General Motors Corporation        This manual includes the latest information at the time it  was printed  We reserve the right to make chan
44.  be necessary due to the security  method used by this system  The transmitter does not  send the same signal twice to the receiver  The receiver  will not respond to a signal it has been sent previously   This prevents anyone from recording and playing back  the signal from the transmitter     To resynchronize your transmitter  stand close to your  vehicle and press and hold the LOCK and UNLOCK  buttons on the transmitter at the same time for seven  seconds  The door locks should cycle to confirm  synchronization  If the locks do not cycle  see your  dealer for service     Liftgate Liftglass    It can be dangerous to drive with the liftgate or  liftglass open because carbon monoxide  CO  gas  can come into your vehicle  You can   t see or smell    CO  It can cause unconsciousness and even death     If you must drive with the liftgate or liftglass   open or if electrical wiring or other cable   connections must pass through the seal between   the body and the liftgate or liftglass      Make sure all other windows are shut       Turn the fan on your heating or cooling  system to its highest speed with the setting  on OUTSIDE AIR  That will force outside  air into your vehicle  See    Comfort  Controls    in the Index   If you have air outlets on or under the  instrument panel  open them all the way    See    Engine Exhaust    in the Index           Liftgate Release    You may use the keyless entry system or your power  door locks to release the liftgate or liftglass     The li
45.  button to go to  the next available CD     3 20       SEEK  Press the up arrow to tune to the next radio  station and the down arrow to tune to the previous  radio station     If a cassette tape or compact disc is playing  the player  will advance with the up arrow and reverse with the  down arrow     MUTE  Press this button to  silence the system  Press it  again to turn on the sound     VOL  Press the up or down  arrow to increase or  decrease volume     Understanding Radio Reception    AM    The range for most AM stations is greater than for FM   especially at night  The longer range  however  can  cause stations to interfere with each other  AM can pick  up noise from things like storms and power lines  Try    reducing the treble to reduce this noise if you ever get it     FM Stereo    FM stereo will give you the best sound  but FM signals  will reach only about 10 to 40 miles  16 to 65 km   Tall  buildings or hills can interfere with FM signals  causing  the sound to come and go     Tips About Your Audio System    Hearing damage from loud noise is almost undetectable  until it is too late  Your hearing can adapt to higher  volumes of sound  Sound that seems normal can be loud  and harmful to your hearing  Take precautions by  adjusting the volume control on your radio to a safe  sound level before your hearing adapts to it     To help avoid hearing loss or damage   e  Adjust the volume control to the lowest setting       Increase volume slowly until you hear comfortably
46.  engine do some of the  slowing down  Shift to a lower gear when you go  down a steep or long hill     If you don   t shift down  your brakes could get so  hot that they wouldn   t work well  You would    then have poor braking or even none going down  a hill  You could crash  Shift down to let your  engine assist your brakes on a steep   downhill slope        Coasting downhill in NEUTRAL  N  or with the  ignition off is dangerous  Your brakes will have to    do all the work of slowing down  They could get so  hot that they wouldn   t work well  You would then  have poor braking or even none going down a hill   You could crash  Always have your engine running  and your vehicle in gear when you go downhill        Know how to go uphill  You may want to shift down  to a lower gear  The lower gears help cool your engine  and transmission  and you can climb the hill better     Stay in your own lane when driving on two lane  roads in hills or mountains  Don   t swing wide or cut  across the center of the road  Drive at speeds that let  you stay in your own lane     As you go over the top of a hill  be alert  There could be  something in your lane  like a stalled car or an accident     You may see highway signs on mountains that warn of  special problems  Examples are long grades  passing or  no passing zones  a falling rocks area or winding  roads  Be alert to these and take appropriate action     _      _           17    Winter Driving       Here are some tips for winter driving  
47.  first   PF   See footnote       Check rear front axle fluid level and add fluid as needed  Check constant   velocity joints and axle seals for leaking   See footnote        Rotate tires  See    Tire Inspection and Rotation    in the Index for proper   rotation pattern and additional information   See footnote                          SERVICED BY                       7 35    Long Trip Highway Scheduled Maintenance    60 000 Miles  100 000 km     Change engine oil and filter  or every 12 months  whichever occurs first    An Emission Control Service                 ACTUAL  MILEAGE SERVICED BY     Lubricate chassis components  or every 12 months  whichever occurs first     See footnote       Check rear front axle fluid level and add fluid as needed  Check constant  velocity joints and axle seals for leaking   See footnote        Change automatic transmission fluid and filter if the vehicle is mainly driven  under one or more of these conditions                              In heavy city traffic where the outside temperature regularly reaches  90  F  32  C  or higher        In hilly or mountainous terrain        When doing frequent trailer towing        Uses such as found in taxi  police or delivery service    If you do not use your vehicle under any of these conditions  change the fluid   and filter every 50 000 miles  83 000 km     Rotate tires  See    Tire Inspection and Rotation    in the Index for proper   rotation pattern and additional information   See footnote          
48.  foot  on the accelerator  This can  l   really help on long trips   Cruise control does not  work at speeds below about  25 mph  40 km h      ow       If you apply your brakes  the cruise control will shut off       Cruise control can be dangerous where you  can   t drive safely at a steady speed  So   don   t use your cruise control on winding    roads or in heavy traffic    Cruise control can be dangerous on  slippery roads  On such roads  fast changes  in tire traction can cause needless wheel  spinning  and you could lose control  Don   t  use cruise control on slippery roads        2 31    Setting Cruise Control    If you leave your cruise control switch on when  you   re not using cruise  you might hit a button    and go into cruise when you don   t want to  You  could be startled and even lose control  Keep the  cruise control switch off until you want to use  cruise control     1  Move the cruise control switch to ON   2  Get up to the speed you want     3  Press in the SET button at the end of the lever and  release it     4  Take your foot off the accelerator pedal     2 32       Resuming a Set Speed    Suppose you set your cruise control at a desired speed  and then you apply the brake  This  of course  shuts off  the cruise control  But you don   t need to reset it     Once you   re going about 25 mph  40 km h  or more   you can move the cruise control switch briefly from  ON to R A     You ll go right back up to your chosen speed and  stay there     If you hold 
49.  for the starburst symbol  SAE VISCOSITY GRADE OIL FOR THE EXPECTED TEMPERATURE RANGE     This symbol indicates that the oil has been certified by   the American Petroleum Institute  API   Do not use any   oil which does not carry this starburst symbol  HOT FOR THIS  WEATHER SYMBOL    If you change your own oil   be sure you use oil that has  the starburst symbol on the  front of the oil container    If you have your oil  changed for you  be sure  the oil put into your engine  is American Petroleum  Institute certified for       gasoline engines  atari  You should also use the proper viscosity oil for your SAE 5W 30  vehicle  as shown in the following chart  PREFERRED    COLD  WEATHER    DO NOT USE SAE 20W  50 OR ANY OTHER  GRADE OIL NOT RECOMMENDED       6 12    As shown in the chart  SAE 5W 30 is best for your Engine Oil Additives    vehicle  However  you can use SAE 10W 30 if it   s going          to be 0  F   18  C  or above  These numbers on an oil Don   t add anything to your oil  The recommended oils    container show its viscosity  or thickness  Do not use with the starburst symbol are all you will need for good  other viscosity oils  such as SAE 20W 50  performance and engine protection     When to Change Engine Oil    NOTICE  If any one of these is true for you  use the short trip city    maintenance schedule     Use only engine oil with the American Petroleum    Most trips are less than 5 to 10 miles  8 to 16 km    Institute Certified For Gasoline Engines This is p
50.  get a false reading on the dipstick     NOTICE     Too much or too little fluid can damage your  transmission  Too much can mean that some of  the fluid could come out and fall on hot engine  parts or exhaust system parts  starting a fire  Be  sure to get an accurate reading if you check your  transmission fluid        Wait at least 30 minutes before checking the  transmission fluid level if you have been driving       When outside temperatures are above 90  F  32  C       At high speed for quite a while     In heavy traffic    especially in hot weather       While pulling a trailer     To get the right reading  the fluid should be at normal  operating temperature  which is 180  F to 200  F   82  C to 93  C      Get the vehicle warmed up by driving about 15 miles   24 km  when outside temperatures are above 50  F   10  C   If it   s colder than 50  F  10  C   drive the    vehicle in THIRD  3  until the engine temperature gage    moves and then remains steady for 10 minutes   Then follow the hot check procedures     Checking Transmission Fluid Cold    A cold check is made after the vehicle has been sitting  for eight hours or more with the engine off and is used  only as a reference  Let the engine run at idle for five  minutes if outside temperatures are 50  F  10  C  or  more  If it   s colder than 50  F  10  C   you may have to  idle the engine longer  Should the fluid level be low  during a cold check  you must perform a hot check  before adding fluid  This will give you 
51.  hardware and  folding seat hardware  Part D tells you what to use   More frequent lubrication may be required when  exposed to a corrosive environment     7 43    Starter Switch Check    When you are doing this check  the vehicle could  move suddenly  If it does  you or others could be  injured  Follow the steps below        1  Before you start  be sure you have enough room  around the vehicle    2  Firmly apply both the parking brake  see    Parking  Brake    in the Index if necessary  and the  regular brake     NOTE  Do not use the accelerator pedal  and be    ready to turn off the engine immediately if it starts     3  Try to start the engine in each gear  The starter  should work only in PARK  P  or NEUTRAL  N    If the starter works in any other position  your  vehicle needs service     7 44    Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control  System Check    1     When you are doing this check  the vehicle could  move suddenly  If it does  you or others could be  injured  Follow the steps below        Before you start  be sure you have enough room  around the vehicle  It should be parked on a  level surface     Firmly apply the parking brake  see    Parking Brake     in the Index if necessary      NOTE  Be ready to apply the regular brake  immediately if the vehicle begins to move     With the engine off  turn the key to the RUN  position  but don   t start the engine  Without applying  the regular brake  try to move the shift lever out of  PARK  P  with normal effort  If the
52.  in this player     The longer side with the tape visible should face to the  right  If the ignition is on  but the radio is off  the tape  can be inserted and will begin playing  If you hear  nothing but a garbled sound  the tape may not be in  squarely  Press EJECT to remove the tape and start over     While the tape is playing  use the VOL  FADE  BAL   TREB  BASS  TONE  SEEK and SCAN controls just as  you do for the radio   The TONE control is not available  on the Bose radio   Other controls may have different  functions when a tape is inserted  The display will show  TP with a box around it and an arrow to show which  side of the tape is playing     Your tape bias is set automatically  When a metal or  chrome tape is inserted  HI BIAS appears on the  display  If you want to insert a tape when the ignition is  off  first press EJECT or RCL     If E and a number appear on the radio display and the  tape won   t play because of an error  it could be that        E10  The tape is tight and the player can   t turn the  tape hubs  Remove the tape  Hold the tape with the  open end down and try to turn the right hub  counterclockwise with a pencil  Turn the tape over  and repeat  If the hubs do not turn easily  your tape  may be damaged and should not be used in the  player  Try a new tape to make sure your player is  working properly        Ell  The tape is broken  Try a new tape     If any error occurs repeatedly or if an error can   t be  corrected  please contact your dealer 
53.  inflates can be seriously injured  or killed  Air bags plus lap shoulder belts offer  the best protection for adults  but not for young  children and infants  Neither the vehicle   s safety  belt system nor its air bag system is designed for  them  Young children and infants need the  protection that a child restraint system can  provide  Always secure children properly in your  vehicle  To read how  see the part of this manual  called    Children           1 21    There is an air bag readiness  light on the instrument  panel  which shows the   air bag symbol        The system checks the air bag electrical system for  malfunctions  The light tells you if there is an electrical  problem  See    Air Bag Readiness Light    in the Index  for more information     1 22    How the Air Bag System Works       Where are the air bags     The driver   s air bag is in the middle of the  steering wheel     If something is between an occupant and an air  bag  the bag might not inflate properly or it  might force the object into that person  The path  of an inflating air bag must be kept clear  Don   t    put anything between an occupant and an air  bag  and don   t attach or put anything on the  steering wheel hub or on or near any other air  bag covering        The right front passenger   s air bag is in the instrument  panel on the passenger   s side     1 23    When should an air bag inflate     An air bag is designed to inflate in a moderate to severe  frontal or near frontal crash  Th
54.  inspection  This can happen if  you have recently replaced your battery or if your  battery has run down  The diagnostic system is designed  to evaluate critical emission control systems during  normal driving  This may take several days of routine  driving  If you have done this and your vehicle still does  not pass the inspection for lack of OBD system  readiness  see your dealer or qualified service center to  prepare the vehicle for inspection     2 63    Oil Pressure Gage    The oil pressure gage shows  the engine oil pressure in   psi  pounds per square inch   when the engine is running        Oil pressure may vary with engine speed  outside  temperature and oil viscosity  but readings above the  low pressure zone indicate the normal operating range     A reading in the low pressure zone may be caused by a  dangerously low oil level or other problems causing low  oil pressure     2 64    Don   t keep driving if the oil pressure is low    If you do  your engine can become so hot that it  catches fire  You or others could be burned   Check your oil as soon as possible and have your  vehicle serviced     NOTICE     Damage to your engine from neglected oil  problems can be costly and is not covered by  your warranty        Security Warning Light    This light will come on  briefly when you turn the  key toward START  The  light will stay on until the  engine starts     SECURITY    If the light flashes  the Passlock   system has entered a  tamper mode  If the vehicle fails 
55.  km     Change engine oil and filter  or every 3 months  whichever occurs first    An Emission Control Service                  See footnote        Check rear front axle fluid level and add fluid as needed  Check constant  velocity joints and axle seals for leaking   See footnote         Rotate tires  See    Tire Inspection and Rotation    in the Index for proper  rotation pattern and additional information   See footnote        87 000 Miles  145 000 km     Change engine oil and filter  or every 3 months  whichever occurs first    An Emission Control Service                                    See footnote        Check rear front axle fluid level and add fluid as needed  Check constant  velocity joints and axle seals for leaking   See footnote                     Lubricate chassis components  or every 3 months  whichever occurs first      Lubricate chassis components  or every 3 months  whichever occurs first      DATE  ACTUAL  MILEAGE SERVICED BY     DATE  ACTUAL  MILEAGE SERVICED BY        ey  25    Short Trip City Scheduled Maintenance  90 000 Miles  150 000 km     Change engine oil and filter  or every 3 months  whichever occurs first    An Emission Control Service                 ACTUAL  MILEAGE SERVICED BY     Lubricate chassis components  or every 3 months  whichever occurs first     See footnote       Check rear front axle fluid level and add fluid as needed  Check constant  velocity joints and axle seals for leaking   See footnote        Change automatic transmission 
56.  mixture  your  engine could overheat and be badly damaged     The repair cost wouldn   t be covered by your  warranty  Too much water in the mixture can  freeze and crack the engine  radiator  heater core  and other parts     If you have to add coolant more than four times a year   have your dealer check your cooling system     NOTICE     If you use the proper coolant  you don   t have to  add extra inhibitors or additives which claim to  improve the system  These can be harmful           Checking Coolant       The vehicle must be on a level surface  When your  engine is cold  the coolant level should be at ADD  or a  little higher  When your engine is warm  the level should  be up to FULL HOT  or a little higher     6 23    Adding Coolant    If you need more coolant  add the proper DEX COOL    coolant mixture at the coolant recovery tank     Turning the radiator pressure cap when the  engine and radiator are hot can allow steam and    scalding liquids to blow out and burn you badly   With the coolant recovery tank  you will almost  never have to add coolant at the radiator    Never turn the radiator pressure cap    even a  little    when the engine and radiator are hot        Add coolant mixture at the recovery tank  but be careful  not to spill it     6 24 1MM    You can be burned if you spill coolant on hot    engine parts  Coolant contains ethylene glycol   and it will burn if the engine parts are hot  enough  Don   t spill coolant on a hot engine        Occasionally che
57.  of Your Compact Discs    Handle discs carefully  Store them in their original cases  or other protective cases and away from direct sunlight  and dust  If the surface of a disc is soiled  dampen a  clean  soft cloth in a mild  neutral detergent solution and  clean it  wiping from the center to the edge     Be sure never to touch the signal surface when handling  discs  Pick up discs by grasping the outer edges or the  edge of the hole and the outer edge     Care of Your Compact Disc Player    The use of CD lens cleaner discs is not advised  due to  the risk of contaminating the lens of the CD optics with  lubricants internal to the CD mechanism     Fixed Mast Antenna    The fixed mast antenna can withstand most car washes  without being damaged  If the mast should ever become  slightly bent  you can straighten it out by hand  If the  mast is badly bent  as it might be by vandals  you should  replace it     Check every once in a while to be sure the mast is still  tightened to the fender     3 23    Ze  Section 4 Your Driving and the Road       Here you    ll find information about driving on different kinds of roads and in varying weather conditions  We   ve also  included many other useful tips on driving     4 2 Your Driving  the Road and Your Vehicle 4 30 Driving in Rain and on Wet Roads  4 3 Defensive Driving 4 33 City Driving   4 4 Drunken Driving 4 34 Freeway Driving   4 7 Control of a Vehicle 4 35 Before Leaving on a Long Trip  4 7 Braking 4 36 Highway Hypnosis   4 10
58.  order the proper service manual  see    Service  and Owner Publications    in the Index     Your vehicle has an air bag system  Before attempting to  do your own service work  see    Servicing Your Air  Bag Equipped Vehicle    in the Index     You should keep a record with all parts receipts and list  the mileage and the date of any service work you  perform  See    Maintenance Record    in the Index     You can be injured and your vehicle could be  damaged if you try to do service work ona  vehicle without knowing enough about it        Besure you have sufficient knowledge   experience  the proper replacement parts  and tools before you attempt any vehicle  maintenance task   Be sure to use the proper nuts  bolts and  other fasteners     English    and    metric     fasteners can be easily confused  If you use  the wrong fasteners  parts can later break  or fall off  You could be hurt     Adding Equipment to the Outside of  Your Vehicle    Things you might add to the outside of your vehicle can  affect the airflow around it  This may cause wind noise  and affect windshield washer performance  Check with  your dealer before adding equipment to the outside of  your vehicle        Fuel    Use regular unleaded gasoline rated at 87 octane or  higher  It is recommended that the gasoline meet  specifications which have been developed by the  American Automobile Manufacturers Association   AAMA  and endorsed by the Canadian Motor Vehicle  Manufacturers Association for better vehicl
59.  overheated engine can burn you  badly  even if you just open the hood  Stay away  from the engine if you see or hear steam coming  from it  Just turn it off and get everyone away  from the vehicle until it cools down  Wait until  there is no sign of steam or coolant before you  open the hood    If you keep driving when your engine is  overheated  the liquids in it can catch fire  You or  others could be badly burned  Stop your engine if  it overheats  and get out of the vehicle until the  engine is cool     NOTICE     If your engine catches fire because you keep  driving with no coolant  your vehicle can be  badly damaged  The costly repairs would not be  covered by your warranty        If No Steam Is Coming From Your Engine    If you get an engine overheat warning but see or hear no  steam  the problem may not be too serious  Sometimes  the engine can get a little too hot when you       Climb a long hill on a hot day      Stop after high speed driving     Idle for long periods in traffic      Tow atrailer     If you get the overheat warning with no sign of steam   try this for a minute or so     1  If your air conditioner is on  turn it off     2  Turn on your heater to full hot at the highest fan  speed and open the window as necessary     3  If you   re in a traffic jam  shift to NEUTRAL  N    otherwise  shift to the highest gear while  driving   DRIVE  D  or THIRD  3      5 10    If you no longer have the overheat warning  you can  drive  Just to be safe  drive slower fo
60.  points on the road or over road debris   Repairs weren   t done correctly   Your vehicle or exhaust system had been  modified improperly     If you ever suspect exhaust is coming into  your vehicle        Drive it only with all the windows down to  blow out any CO  and    Have your vehicle fixed immediately        2 24    Running Your Engine While  You   re Parked    It   s better not to park with the engine running  But if  ever you have to  here are some things to know     Idling the engine with the climate control system  off could allow dangerous exhaust into your  vehicle  see the earlier Caution under      Engine Exhaust         Also  idling in a closed in place can let deadly    carbon monoxide  CO  into your vehicle even if  the fan switch is at the highest setting  One place  this can happen is a garage  Exhaust    with   CO    can come in easily  NEVER park in a  garage with the engine running    Another closed in place can be a blizzard     See    Blizzard    in the Index         It can be dangerous to get out of your vehicle if  the shift lever is not fully in PARK  P  with the  parking brake firmly set  Your vehicle can roll   Don   t leave your vehicle when the engine is    running unless you have to  If you   ve left the  engine running  the vehicle can move suddenly   You or others could be injured  To be sure your  vehicle won   t move  even when you   re on fairly  level ground  always set your parking brake and  move the shift lever to PARK  P      Follow 
61.  pushing the accelerator pedal  turn your    ignition key to START  When the engine starts  let  go of the key  The idle speed will go down as your    engine gets warm     NOTICE     Holding your key in START for longer than  15 seconds at a time will cause your battery to    be drained much sooner  And the excessive heat  can damage your starter motor  Wait about   15 seconds between each try to help avoid  draining your battery or damaging your starter             If it doesn   t start right away  hold your key in    START  If it doesn   t start in 10 seconds  push the  accelerator pedal all the way down for five more  seconds  unless it starts sooner       If your engine still won   t start  or starts but then    stops   wait 15 seconds and start over     When the engine starts  let go of the key and the  accelerator pedal     NOTICE     Your engine is designed to work with the  electronics in your vehicle  If you add electrical  parts or accessories  you could change the way  the engine operates  Before adding electrical  equipment  check with your dealer  If you don   t   your engine might not perform properly     If you ever have to have your vehicle towed  see  the part of this manual that tells how to do it  without damaging your vehicle  See    Towing  Your Vehicle    in the Index        2 15    Engine Coolant Heater  If Equipped     In very cold weather  0  F   18  C  or colder  the engine  coolant heater can help  You   ll get easier starting and  better fuel econo
62.  react       you have more vehicle bounce when you drive  over obstacles        you   ll need more distance for braking  especially  since you   re on an unpaved surface     When you   re driving off road  bouncing and  quick changes in direction can easily throw you    out of position  This could cause you to lose  control and crash  So  whether you   re driving on  or off the road  you and your passengers should  wear Safety belts     4 18       Scanning the Terrain    Off road driving can take you over many different kinds  of terrain  You need to be familiar with the terrain and  its many different features  Here are some things   to consider     Surface Conditions  Off roading can take you over  hard packed dirt  gravel  rocks  grass  sand  mud  snow  or ice  Each of these surfaces affects the steering   acceleration and braking of your vehicle in different  ways  Depending upon the kind of surface you are on   you may experience slipping  sliding  wheel spinning   delayed acceleration  poor traction and longer   braking distances     Surface Obstacles  Unseen or hidden obstacles can be  hazardous  A rock  log  hole  rut or bump can startle you if  you   re not prepared for them  Often these obstacles are  hidden by grass  bushes  snow or even the rise and fall of  the terrain itself  Here are some things to consider       Is the path ahead clear     Will the surface texture change abruptly up ahead       Does the travel take you uphill or downhill    There   s more disc
63.  replace any of your wheels  wheel bolts    or wheel nuts  replace them only with new GM original  equipment parts  This way  you will be sure to have the    right wheel  wheel bolts and wheel nuts for your vehicle     Using the wrong replacement wheels  wheel bolts  or wheel nuts on your vehicle can be dangerous   It could affect the braking and handling of your    vehicle  make your tires lose air and make you  lose control  You could have a collision in which  you or others could be injured  Always use the  correct wheel  wheel bolts and wheel nuts   for replacement        NOTICE     The wrong wheel can also cause problems with    bearing life  brake cooling  speedometer or  odometer calibration  headlamp aim  bumper  height  vehicle ground clearance and tire  clearance to the body and chassis        See    Changing a Flat Tire    in the Index for  more information     6 43    Used Replacement Wheels    Putting a used wheel on your vehicle is    dangerous  You can   t know how it   s been used or  how far it   s been driven  It could fail suddenly  and cause an accident  If you have to replace a  wheel  use a new GM original equipment wheel        Tire Chains    NOTICE     Don   t use tire chains  They can damage your  vehicle because there   s not enough clearance     Use another type of traction device only if its    manufacturer recommends it for use on your  vehicle and tire size combination and road  conditions  Follow that manufacturer   s  instructions  To help avoi
64.  rotate or turn the tire  If the tire moves   use the wheel wrench to tighten the cable     5 28         Retainer      Rubber Band   Some Models       Work Gloves    Mat      Jack Storage Cover         Wheel Blocks    Hub Cap Removal    Tool  Some Models       Wheel Wrench    Jack    Jacking Instructions    If You   re Stuck  In Sand  Mud   Ice or Snow    In order to free your vehicle when it is stuck  you will  need to spin the wheels  but you don   t want to spin your  wheels too fast  The method known as    rocking    can  help you get out when you   re stuck  but you must   use caution     If you let your tires spin at high speed  they can  explode  and you or others could be injured  And   the transmission or other parts of the vehicle can    overheat  That could cause an engine  compartment fire or other damage  When you   re  stuck  spin the wheels as little as possible  Don   t  spin the wheels above 35 mph  55 km h  as shown  on the speedometer        5 29    NOTICE     Spinning your wheels can destroy parts of your    vehicle as well as the tires  If you spin the wheels  too fast while shifting your transmission back  and forth  you can destroy your transmission        For information about using tire chains on your vehicle   see    Tire Chains    in the Index     Rocking Your Vehicle To Get It Out    First  turn your steering wheel left and right  That will  clear the area around your front wheels  Then shift back  and forth between REVERSE  R  and a forward gear  
65.  seconds  A miscalculation  an error in  judgment  or a brief surrender to frustration or anger can  suddenly put the passing driver face to face with the  worst of all traffic accidents    the head on collision     So here are some tips for passing        Drive ahead     Look down the road  to the sides and  to crossroads for situations that might affect your  passing patterns  If you have any doubt whatsoever  about making a successful pass  wait for a   better time     Watch for traffic signs  pavement markings and lines     If you can see a sign up ahead that might indicate a  turn or an intersection  delay your pass  A broken  center line usually indicates it   s all right to pass   providing the road ahead is clear   Never cross a  solid line on your side of the lane or a double   solid line  even if the road seems empty of  approaching traffic     Do not get too close to the vehicle you want to pass  while you   re awaiting an opportunity  For one thing   following too closely reduces your area of vision   especially if you   re following a larger vehicle  Also   you won   t have adequate space if the vehicle   ahead suddenly slows or stops  Keep back a  reasonable distance     When it looks like a chance to pass is coming up   start to accelerate but stay in the right lane and don   t  get too close  Time your move so you will be  increasing speed as the time comes to move into the  other lane  If the way is clear to pass  you will have a     running start    that mor
66.  secret code number which you have written down     5  Press MN and 000 will appear on the display     6  Press MN again to make the last two digits agree    with your code       Press HR to make the first one or two digits agree    with your code       Press AM FM after you have confirmed that the    code matches the secret code you have written down   The display will show REP to let you know that you  need to repeat Steps 5 through 7 to confirm your  secret code       Press AM FM and this time the display will show    SEC to let you know that your radio is secure     Unlocking the Theft Deterrent Feature After a  Power Loss    Enter your secret code as follows  pause no more than  15 seconds between steps     1  Turn the ignition on  LOC will appear on the display     2  Press MN and 000 will appear on the display     3  Press MN again to make the last two digits agree  with your code     4  Press HR to make the first one or two digits agree  with your code     5  Press AM FM after you have confirmed that the    code matches the secret code you have written down     The display will show SEC  indicating the radio is  now operable and secure     If you enter the wrong code eight times  INOP will  appear on the display  You will have to wait an hour  with the ignition on before you can try again  When you  try again  you will only have three chances to enter the  correct code before INOP appears     If you lose or forget your code  contact your dealer     Disabling the Theft
67.  shift lever  moves out of PARK  P   your vehicle needs service     Ignition Transmission Lock Check Park on a fairly steep hill  with the vehicle facing  downhill  Keeping your foot on the regular brake  set the    While parked  and with the parking brake set  try to turn parking brake    the ignition key to LOCK in each shift lever position     The key should turn to LOCK only when the shift y is che cle the P arking LaS i holding ab ility   lever is in PARK  P   With the engine running and transmission in   NEUTRAL  N   slowly remove foot pressure from     The key should come out only in LOCK  the regular brake pedal  Do this until the vehicle is    held by the parking brake only   Parking Brake and Automatic Transmission   i    PARK  P  Mechanism Check   To check the PARK  P  mechanism   s holding ability     With the engine running  shift to PARK  P    Then release the parking brake followed by the  regular brake     Underbody Flushing Service    When you are doing this check  your vehicle  could begin to move  You or others could be    At least every spring  use plain water to flush any   ie corrosive materials from the underbody  Take care to  injured and property could be damaged  Make clean thoroughly any areas where mud and other debris  sure there is room in front of your vehicle in case can collect     it begins to roll  Be ready to apply the regular  brake at once should the vehicle begin to move        7 45    Part C  Periodic Maintenance  Inspections    Listed 
68.  spinning the wheels as little as possible  Release the  accelerator pedal while you shift  and press lightly on  the accelerator pedal when the transmission is in gear   By slowly spinning your wheels in the forward and  reverse directions  you will cause a rocking motion that  may free your vehicle  If that doesn   t get you out after a  few tries  you may need to be towed out  Or  you can use  your recovery hooks if your vehicle has them  If you do  need to be towed out  see    Towing Your Vehicle    in   the Index     5 30    Using the Recovery Hooks       Your vehicle is equipped with recovery hooks  The  recovery hooks are provided at the front of your vehicle   You may need to use them if you   re stuck off road   and need to be pulled to some place where you can  continue driving     The recovery hooks  when used  are under a lot of  force  Always pull the vehicle straight out  Never  pull on the hooks at a sideways angle  The hooks  could break off and you or others could be  injured from the chain or cable snapping back     NOTICE     Never use the recovery hooks to tow the vehicle   Your vehicle could be damaged and it would not  be covered by warranty        5 31    Za  Section 6 Service and Appearance Care       Here you will find information about the care of your vehicle  This section begins with service and fuel information   and then it shows how to check important fluid and lubricant levels  There is also technical information about your    vehicle  and a pa
69.  surface obstacles  Ruts  under control     Logs  Boulders       What   s at the bottom of the hill  Is there a hidden  creek bank or even a river bottom with large rocks        Q  Are there some things I should not do when    driving down a hill   If you decide you can go down a hill safely  then try to    keep your vehicle headed straight down  and use a low A  Yes  These are important because if you  gear  This way  engine drag can help your brakes and ignore them you could lose control and have a  they won   t have to do all the work  Descend slowly  serious accident     keeping your vehicle under control at all times  _   i    When driving downhill  avoid turns that take you    across the incline of the hill  A hill that   s not too  steep to drive down may be too steep to drive across   You could roll over if you don   t drive straight down       Never go downhill with the transmission in  NEUTRAL  N   This is called    free wheeling      Your brakes will have to do all the work and could  overheat and fade     4 23    Q  Am I likely to stall when going downhill         It   s much more likely to happen going uphill  But if    it happens going downhill  here   s what to do        Stop your vehicle by applying the regular brakes   Apply the parking brake        Shift to PARK  P  and  while still braking  restart  the engine        Shift back to a low gear  release the parking brake   and drive straight down        Ifthe engine won   t start  get out and get help     Driv
70.  system will go into the    full cold    mode   The system will remain at that maximum cooling setting  and the fan will blow at the speed the fan knob is set to   If the fan is in AUTO  it will run at full speed     Choosing either maximum setting will not cause the  system to heat or cool any faster     Mode Knob   Automatic Operation    The right knob on the control panel allows you to  choose the direction of air delivery  When the system is  set for automatic operation  sensors will control the air  delivery mode  Air will come primarily from the floor or  instrument panel outlets  with some air directed to the  windshield to prevent fogging     When the system is in AUTO mode  the air conditioning  light will turn on  and the recirculation and outside air  lights turn off  With the system in full auto control  both  the fan and mode knobs in AUTO   you still have the  ability to override any function  However  continually  overriding the outside air or the A C compressor will limit  the ability of the system to cool the vehicle quickly     If you push a button for a function which is not  available  the light next to that button will flash three  times to alert you that it   s not available     To find your comfort zone  start with the 74  F  23  C   setting and allow about 20 minutes for the system to  adjust the temperature if necessary     With the automatic setting  the air conditioning compressor  automatically cycles when needed to cool the air  In cold  weather  
71.  the American Medical Association  a  180 Ib   82 kg  person who drinks three 12 ounce    355 ml  bottles of beer in an hour will end up with a  BAC of about 0 06 percent  The person would reach the  same BAC by drinking three 4 ounce  120 ml  glasses  of wine or three mixed drinks if each had 1 1 2 ounces   45 ml  of a liquor like whiskey  gin or vodka        It   s the amount of alcohol that counts  For example  if  the same person drank three double martinis  3 ounces  or 90 ml of liquor each  within an hour  the person   s  BAC would be close to 0 12 percent  A person who  consumes food just before or during drinking will have a  somewhat lower BAC level     There is a gender difference  too  Women generally have  a lower relative percentage of body water than men     Since alcohol is carried in body water  this means that a  woman generally will reach a higher BAC level than a  man of her same body weight when each has the same  number of drinks     The law in many U S  states sets the legal limit at a BAC  of 0 10 percent  In a growing number of U S  states  and  throughout Canada  the limit is 0 08 percent  In some  other countries  it   s even lower  The BAC limit for all  commercial drivers in the United States is 0 04 percent     The BAC will be over 0 10 percent after three to   six drinks  in one hour   Of course  as we    ve seen  it  depends on how much alcohol is in the drinks  and how  quickly the person drinks them     But the ability to drive is affected wel
72.  the Flat Tire and Installing the  Spare Tire       1  Using the wheel wrench  loosen all the wheel nuts   Don   t remove them yet     2  Turn the jack handle clockwise to raise the jack  lift head     3  Fit the jack into the appropriate hole nearest the  flat tire     Getting under a vehicle when it is jacked up is  dangerous  If the vehicle slips off the jack  you  could be badly injured or killed  Never get under  a vehicle when it is supported only by a jack                    Raising your vehicle with the jack improperly  positioned can damage the vehicle and even make  B  Spring Hanger Hole the vehicle fall  To help avoid personal injury and  vehicle damage  be sure to fit the jack lift head into  the proper location before raising the vehicle     A  Front Frame Hole       5 23        4  Raise the vehicle by turning the jack handle  clockwise  Raise the vehicle far enough off the  ground so there is enough room for the spare  tire to fit     5  Remove all the wheel nuts and take off the flat tire     5 24    6  Remove any rust or dirt  from the wheel bolts   mounting surfaces and  spare wheel     Rust or dirt on the wheel  or on the parts to  which it is fastened  can make the wheel nuts  become loose after a time  The wheel could come  off and cause an accident  When you change a  wheel  remove any rust or dirt from the places  where the wheel attaches to the vehicle  In an    emergency  you can use a cloth or a paper towel  to do this  but be sure to use a scraper or
73.  the quality of the air we breathe  Improper fluid  levels or the wrong tire inflation can increase the level  of emissions from your vehicle  To help protect our  environment  and to keep your vehicle in good  condition  please maintain your vehicle properly     Maintenance Requirements    Maintenance intervals  checks  inspections and  recommended fluids and lubricants as prescribed in this  manual are necessary to keep your vehicle in good  working condition  Any damage caused by failure to  follow recommended maintenance may not be covered  by warranty     How This Section is Organized  This maintenance schedule is divided into five parts        Part A  Scheduled Maintenance Services    shows  what to have done and how often  Some of these  services can be complex  so unless you are technically  qualified and have the necessary equipment  you should  let your dealer   s service department or another qualified  service center do these jobs     Performing maintenance work on a vehicle can  be dangerous  In trying to do some jobs  you can    be seriously injured  Do your own maintenance  work only if you have the required know how  and the proper tools and equipment for the job   If you have any doubt  have a qualified  technician do the work     If you want to get the service information  see    Service  and Owner Publications    in the Index           Part B  Owner Checks and Services    tells you what  should be checked and when  It also explains what you  can easily do t
74.  tires is to  check the treadwear  indicators  which will  appear when your tires have  only 1 16 inch  1 6 mm  or  less of tread remaining        You need a new tire if any of the following statements  are true       You can see the indicators at three or more places  around the tire       You can see cord or fabric showing through the  tire   s rubber      The tread or sidewall is cracked  cut or snagged deep  enough to show cord or fabric       The tire has a bump  bulge or split     The tire has a puncture  cut or other damage that  can   t be repaired well because of the size or location  of the damage     6 40    Buying New Tires    To find out what kind and size of tires you need  look at  the Certification Tire label     The tires installed on your vehicle when it was new had  a Tire Performance Criteria Specification  TPC Spec   number on each tire   s sidewall  When you get new tires   get ones with that same TPC Spec number  That way  your vehicle will continue to have tires that are designed  to give proper endurance  handling  speed rating   traction  ride and other things during normal service on  your vehicle  If your tires have an all season tread  design  the TPC number will be followed by an    MS      for mud and snow      If you ever replace your tires with those not having a  TPC Spec number  make sure they are the same size   load range  speed rating and construction type    bias  bias belted or radial  as your original tires     Mixing tires could cause
75.  to do their job and  comply with federal regulations     1 20    Here are the most important things to know about the  air bag system     You can be severely injured or killed in a crash if  you aren   t wearing your safety belt    even if you  have air bags  Wearing your safety belt during a  crash helps reduce your chance of hitting things  inside the vehicle or being ejected from it  Air  bags are    supplemental restraints    to the safety  belts  All air bags are designed to work with  safety belts  but don   t replace them  Air bags are  designed to work only in moderate to severe  crashes where the front of your vehicle hits  something  They aren   t designed to inflate at all  in rollover  rear  side or low speed frontal  crashes  And  for unrestrained occupants  air  bags may provide less protection in frontal  crashes than more forceful air bags have  provided in the past  Everyone in your vehicle  should wear a safety belt properly    whether or  not there   s an air bag for that person        Air bags inflate with great force  faster than the  blink of an eye  If you   re too close to an inflating  air bag  as you would be if you were leaning  forward  it could seriously injure you  Safety    belts help keep you in position before and during  a crash  Always wear your safety belt  even with  air bags  The driver should sit as far back as  possible while still maintaining control of   the vehicle     Anyone who is up against  or very close to  any  air bag when it
76.  to the radio  while a CD or tape is playing  The inactive tape or CD  will remain safely inside the radio for future listening  If  you have the optional CD changer and the CD changer  is loaded  the TAPE CD button will activate the changer  and a box will be lighted around CDC in the display     EJECT  Press this button to remove the compact disc or  cassette tape  The icon with the box around it on the  display will eject and the radio will play  EJECT may be  activated with either the ignition or radio off  Cassettes  and compact discs may be loaded with the radio and  ignition off if this button is pressed first        With the compact disc changer  you can play up to  six discs continuously  Normal size discs may be played  using the slots supplied in the magazine     You must first load the magazine with discs before you  can play a compact disc  Load the CDs from bottom to  top  placing the discs in the magazine label side up  If  you load a disc label side down  the disc will not play  and an error will occur  Be careful to align and insert the  disc into one disc tray only  Repeat this procedure for  loading up to six discs in the magazine     Once you have loaded the discs in the magazine  slide  open the door of the compact disc  CD  changer  Push  the magazine into the changer in the direction of the  arrow marked on top of the magazine     Close the door by sliding it all the way forward  When the  CD magazine is loaded  the changer will begin checking for  disc
77.  underhood checks at each fuel fill   Engine Oil Level Check    Check the engine oil level and add the proper oil if  necessary  See    Engine Oil    in the Index for  further details     Engine Coolant Level Check    Check the engine coolant level and add DEX COOL    coolant mixture if necessary  See    Engine Coolant    in  the Index for further details     7 42    Windshield Washer Fluid Level Check    Check the windshield washer fluid level in the  windshield washer tank and add the proper fluid if  necessary  See    Windshield Washer Fluid    in the  Index for further details     At Least Once a Month  Tire Inflation Check    Make sure tires are inflated to the correct pressures   Don   t forget to check your spare tire  See    Tires    in  the Index for further details     Cassette Deck Service    Clean cassette deck  Cleaning should be done every  50 hours of tape play  See    Audio Systems    in the  Index for further details     At Least Twice a Year    Restraint System Check    Make sure the safety belt reminder light and all your  belts  buckles  latch plates  retractors and anchorages are  working properly  Look for any other loose or damaged  safety belt system parts  If you see anything that might  keep a safety belt system from doing its job  have it  repaired  Have any torn or frayed safety belts replaced     Also look for any opened or broken air bag coverings   and have them repaired or replaced   The air bag system  does not need regular maintenance      Wi
78.  use THIRD  3  when towing a trailer   Operating your vehicle in THIRD  3  when towing a  trailer will minimize heat buildup and extend the life of  your transmission     Parking on Hills    You really should not park your vehicle  with a    trailer attached  on a hill  If something goes  wrong  your rig could start to move  People can  be injured  and both your vehicle and the trailer  can be damaged        But if you ever have to park your rig on a hill  here   s  how to do it     1  Apply your regular brakes  but don   t shift into  PARK  P  yet  Then turn your wheels into the curb  if facing downhill or into traffic if facing uphill     2  Have someone place chocks under the trailer wheels     3  When the wheel chocks are in place  release the  regular brakes until the chocks absorb the load     4  Reapply the regular brakes  Then apply your parking  brake and shift into PARK  P      5  Release the regular brakes   When You Are Ready to Leave After  Parking on a Hill    1  Apply your regular brakes and hold the pedal down  while you        Start your engine      Shift into a gear  and    Release the parking brake   2  Let up on the brake pedal   3  Drive slowly until the trailer is clear of the chocks     4  Stop and have someone pick up and store the chocks     4 51    Maintenance When Trailer Towing    Your vehicle will need service more often when you   re  pulling a trailer  See the Maintenance Schedule for more  on this  Things that are especially important in traile
79.  vehicle to try it might have   rolled over     Stalling on an Incline    If your vehicle stalls when you    re crossing an incline  be  sure you  and your passengers  get out on the uphill    Driving across an incline that   s too steep will side  even if the door there is harder to open  If you get    make your vehicle roll over  You could be  seriously injured or killed  If you have any doubt  about the steepness of the incline  don   t drive If you have to walk down the slope  stay out of the path  across it  Find another route instead  the vehicle will take if it does roll over        Q     A     out on the downhill side and the vehicle starts to roll  over  yov    ll be right in its path     What if I   m driving across an incline that   s not  too steep  but I hit some loose gravel and start to  slide downhill  What should I do     If you feel your vehicle starting to slide sideways   turn downhill  This should help straighten out the  vehicle and prevent the side slipping  However  a  much better way to prevent this is to get out and     walk the course    so you know what the surface is  like before you drive it        4 25    Getting out on the downhill  low  side of a vehicle    stopped across an incline is dangerous  If the  vehicle rolls over  you could be crushed or killed   Always get out on the uphill  high  side of the  vehicle and stay well clear of the rollover path        Driving in Mud  Sand  Snow or Ice    When you drive in mud  snow or sand  your wheels
80.  wheel nuts are necessary to help  prevent brake pulsation  When tires are rotated  inspect  brake pads for wear and evenly torque wheel nuts in the  proper sequence to GM specifications     Brake linings should always be replaced as complete  axle sets     See    Brake System Inspection    in Section 7  of this manual under Part C    Periodic  Maintenance Inspections        Brake Pedal Travel    See your dealer if the brake pedal does not return to  normal height  or if there is a rapid increase in pedal  travel  This could be a sign of brake trouble     Brake Adjustment    Every time you make a brake stop  your disc brakes  adjust for wear     Replacing Brake System Parts    The braking system on a vehicle is complex  Its many  parts have to be of top quality and work well together if  the vehicle is to have really good braking  Your vehicle  was designed and tested with top quality GM brake  parts  When you replace parts of your braking   system    for example  when your brake linings wear  down and you have to have new ones put in    be sure  you get new approved GM replacement parts  If you  don   t  your brakes may no longer work properly  For  example  if someone puts in brake linings that are wrong  for your vehicle  the balance between your front and  rear brakes can change    for the worse  The braking  performance you    ve come to expect can change in many  other ways if someone puts in the wrong replacement  brake parts     Battery    Your new vehicle comes with 
81.  wire  brush later  if you need to  to get all the rust or  dirt off     Tighten each nut by hand until the wheel is held  A CAUTION  against the hub  If a nut can   t be turned by hand   use the wheel wrench and see your dealer as soon    as possible     Never use oil or grease on studs or nuts  If you  do  the nuts might come loose  Your wheel could  fall off  causing a serious accident        7  Place the spare on the wheel mounting surface     8  Put the nuts on by  hand  Make sure  the rounded end is  toward the wheel        9  Lower the vehicle by turning the jack handle  counterclockwise  Lower the jack completely        5 25       5 26    10  Use the wrench to  tighten the wheel  nuts firmly in a  crisscross sequence  as shown     Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly tightened  wheel nuts can cause the wheel to become loose  and even come off  This could lead to an accident     Be sure to use the correct wheel nuts  If you have  to replace them  be sure to get new GM original  equipment wheel nuts    Stop somewhere as soon as you can and have   the nuts tightened with a torque wrench to   100 lb ft  140 N m         NOTICE     Improperly tightened wheel nuts can lead to    brake pulsation and rotor damage  To avoid  expensive brake repairs  evenly tighten the wheel  nuts in the proper sequence and to the proper  torque specification        Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools    Storing a jack  a tire or other equipment in the  passenger compartment of the vehicle coul
82.  you don   t know  It   s the smart way to  find out       Is the hill simply too rough  Steep hills often have  ruts  gullies  troughs and exposed rocks because they  are more susceptible to the effects of erosion     Driving Uphill    Once you decide you can safely drive up the hill  you  need to take some special steps       Use a low gear and get a firm grip on the  steering wheel        Get a smooth start up the hill and try to maintain  your speed  Don   t use more power than you need   because you don   t want your wheels to start spinning  or sliding        Try to drive straight up the hill if at all possible   If the path twists and turns  you might want to find  another route     Turning or driving across steep hills can be    dangerous  You could lose traction  slide  sideways  and possibly roll over  You could be  seriously injured or killed  When driving up hills   always try to go straight up     Driving to the top  crest  of a hill at full speed can  cause an accident  There could be a drop off   embankment  cliff  or even another vehicle  You  could be seriously injured or killed  As you near  the top of a hill  slow down and stay alert        Ease up on your speed as you approach the top of  the hill     Attach a flag to the vehicle to make you more visible  to approaching traffic on trails or hills     Sound the horn as you approach the top of the hill to  let opposing traffic know you re there     Use your headlamps even during the day  They make  you more 
83.  you to lose control while  driving  If you mix tires of different sizes or types   radial and bias belted tires   the vehicle may not  handle properly  and you could have a crash   Using tires of different sizes may also cause  damage to your vehicle  Be sure to use the same  size and type tires on all wheels     If you use bias ply tires on your vehicle  the  wheel rim flanges could develop cracks after  many miles of driving  A tire and or wheel could  fail suddenly  causing a crash  Use only radial ply  tires with the wheels on your vehicle        Uniform Tire Quality Grading    The following information relates to the system  developed by the United States National Highway  Traffic Safety Administration  which grades tires by  treadwear  traction and temperature performance     This applies only to vehicles sold in the United States    The grades are molded on the sidewalls of most  passenger car tires  The Uniform Tire Quality Grading  system does not apply to deep tread  winter type snow  tires  space saver or temporary use spare tires  tires with  nominal rim diameters of 10 to 12 inches  25 to 30 cm    or to some limited production tires     While the tires available on General Motors passenger  cars and light trucks may vary with respect to these  grades  they must also conform to Federal safety  requirements and additional General Motors Tire  Performance Criteria  TPC  standards     6 41    Treadwear    The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on  the wea
84.  your  passengers could be injured  Keep cargo  below the top of the seatbacks    Unsecured cargo on the load floor can be  tossed about when driving over rough  terrain  You or your passengers can be  struck by flying objects  Secure the   cargo properly    Heavy loads on the roof raise the vehicle   s  center of gravity  making it more likely to  roll over  You can be seriously or fatally  injured if the vehicle rolls over  Put heavy  loads inside the cargo area  not on the roof   Keep cargo in the cargo area as far forward  and low as possible        Yow    Il find other important information in this manual   See    Vehicle Loading        Luggage Carrier    and    Tires     in the Index     Environmental Concerns    Off road driving can provide wholesome and satisfying  recreation  However  it also raises environmental  concerns  Oldsmobile recognizes these concerns and  urges every off roader to follow these basic rules for  protecting the environment       Always use established trails  roads and areas that  have been specially set aside for public off road  recreational driving  obey all posted regulations        Avoid any driving practice that could damage the  environment    shrubs  flowers  trees  grasses    or  disturb wildlife  this includes wheel spinning   breaking down trees or unnecessary driving through  streams or over soft ground        Always carry a litter bag    make sure all refuse is  removed from any campsite before leaving        Take extreme care wit
85.  your vehicle in an area where the temperature  may fall below freezing  use a fluid that has sufficient  protection against freezing     6 26    Adding Washer Fluid       Open the cap labeled WASHER FLUID ONLY with the  washer symbol on it  Add washer fluid until the tank  is full     NOTICE       When using concentrated washer fluid   follow the manufacturer   s instructions for  adding water    Don   t mix water with ready to use washer  fluid  Water can cause the solution to freeze  and damage your washer fluid tank and  other parts of the washer system  Also     water doesn   t clean as well as washer fluid   Fill your washer fluid tank only  three quarters full when it   s very cold   This allows for expansion if freezing occurs   which could damage the tank if it is  completely full    Don   t use engine coolant  antifreeze  in  your windshield washer  It can damage  your washer system and paint        Brakes  Brake Fluid       Your brake master cylinder reservoir is here  It is filled  with DOT 3 brake fluid     There are only two reasons why the brake fluid level in the  reservoir might go down  The first is that the brake fluid  goes down to an acceptable level during normal brake  lining wear  When new linings are put in  the fluid level  goes back up  The other reason is that fluid is leaking out  of the brake system  If it is  you should have your brake  system fixed  since a leak means that sooner or later your  brakes won   t work well  or won   t work at all  
86. 011  The  windshield is clean if beads do not form when you rinse  it with water     6 47    Grime from the windshield will stick to the wiper blades  and affect their performance  Clean the blade by wiping  vigorously with a cloth soaked in full strength  windshield washer solvent  Then rinse the blade   with water     Check the wiper blades and clean them as necessary   replace blades that look worn     Weatherstrips    Silicone grease on weatherstrips will make them last  longer  seal better  and not stick or squeak  Apply  silicone grease with a clean cloth at least every   six months  During very cold  damp weather   more frequent application may be required     See    Recommended Fluids and Lubricants      in the Index      Cleaning the Outside of Your Vehicle    The paint finish on your vehicle provides beauty  depth  of color  gloss retention and durability     6 48    Washing Your Vehicle    The best way to preserve your vehicle   s finish is to keep  it clean by washing it often with lukewarm or cold water     Don   t wash your vehicle in the direct rays of the sun   Use a car washing soap  Don   t use strong soaps or  chemical detergents  Be sure to rinse the vehicle well   removing all soap residue completely  You can get  GM approved cleaning products from your dealer    See    Appearance Care and Materials    in the Index    Don   t use cleaning agents that are petroleum based  or  that contain acid or abrasives  All cleaning agents  should be flushed promptly a
87. 5 000 Miles  25 000 km   Continued       In hilly or mountainous terrain       When doing frequent trailer towing       Uses such as found in taxi  police or delivery service     If you do not use your vehicle under any of these conditions  change the fluid  and filter every 50 000 miles  83 000 km      C Rotate tires  See    Tire Inspection and Rotation    in the Index for proper  rotation pattern and additional information   See footnote        22 500 Miles  37 500 km     Change engine oil and filter  or every 12 months  whichever occurs first    An Emission Control Service     Lubricate chassis components  or every 12 months  whichever occurs first     See footnote       Check rear front axle fluid level and add fluid as needed  Check constant  velocity joints and axle seals for leaking   See footnote        Rotate tires  See    Tire Inspection and Rotation    in the Index for proper  rotation pattern and additional information   See footnote                       ACTUAL  MILEAGE SERVICED BY                       7 32    Long Trip Highway Scheduled Maintenance    30 000 Miles  50 000 km     Change engine oil and filter  or every 12 months  whichever occurs first    An Emission Control Service     Lubricate chassis components  or every 12 months  whichever occurs first     See footnote        Check rear front axle fluid level and add fluid as needed  Check constant  velocity joints and axle seals for leaking   See footnote         Change automatic transmission fluid and fil
88. ART  E   This position starts your engine        Your vehicle is equipped with a Retained Accessory    LOCK  B   This position locks your ignition  steering Power  RAP  feature which will allow certain features  wheel and transmission  It   s a theft deterrent feature  of your vehicle to continue to work up to 20 minutes  You will only be able to remove your key when the after the ignition key is turned to OFF     ignition is turned to LOCK  Your radio  power windows  sunroof and overhead    console will work when the ignition key is in RUN or    ACCESSORY  Once the key is turned from RUN to  NOTICE  OFF these features will continue to work for up to  20 minutes or until a door is opened   If your key seems stuck in LOCK and you can   t      turn it  be sure you are using the correct key  Starting Your Engine    if so  is it all the way in  If it is  then turn the Move your shift lever to PARK  P  or NEUTRAL  N    steering wheel left and right while you turn the Your engine won   t start in any other position    that   s a  key hard  But turn the key only with your hand  safety feature  To restart when you   re already moving    Using a tool to force it could break the key or the use NEUTRAL  N  only    ignition switch  If none of this works  then your   vehicle needs service        2 14    NOTICE     Don   t try to shift to PARK  P  if your vehicle is    moving  If you do  you could damage the  transmission  Shift to PARK  P  only when your  vehicle is stopped     1  Without
89. Also check for damaged tires or  wheels  See    When It   s Time for New Tires    and     Wheel Replacement    later in this section for more  information  Make sure the spare tire is stored securely   Push  pull  and then try to rotate or turn the tire    If it moves  use the wheel wrench to tighten the cable   See    Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools      in the Index     The purpose of regular rotation is to achieve more  uniform wear for all tires on the vehicle  The first  rotation is the most important  See    Scheduled  Maintenance Services    in the Index for scheduled  rotation intervals     Rust or dirt on a wheel  or on the parts to which  it is fastened  can make wheel nuts become loose  after a time  The wheel could come off and cause  an accident  When you change a wheel  remove    any rust or dirt from places where the wheel  attaches to the vehicle  In an emergency  you can  use a cloth or a paper towel to do this  but be  When rotating your tires  always use the correct rotation sure to use a scraper or wire brush later    pattern shown here  if you need to  to get all the rust or dirt off     See    Changing a Flat Tire    in the Index         After the tires have been rotated  adjust the front and  rear inflation pressures as shown on the  Certification Tire label  Make certain that all wheel nuts  are properly tightened  See    Wheel Nut Torque      in the Index        6 39    When It   s Time for New Tires    One way to tell when it   s  time for new
90. An Emission Control Service     Lubricate chassis components  or every 3 months  whichever occurs first     See footnote        Check rear front axle fluid level and add fluid as needed  Check constant  velocity joints and axle seals for leaking   See footnote         Change automatic transmission fluid and filter if the vehicle is mainly driven       ACTUAL  MILEAGE SERVICED BY     under one or more of these conditions     In heavy city traffic where the outside temperature regularly reaches  90  F  32  C  or higher    In hilly or mountainous terrain    When doing frequent trailer towing    Uses such as found in taxi  police or delivery service     If you do not use your vehicle under any of these conditions  change the fluid  and filter every 50 000 miles  83 000 km                  Inspect engine air cleaner filter if you are driving in dusty conditions     Replace filter if necessary   An Emission Control Service   See footnote        7 17    Short Trip City Scheduled Maintenance    48 000 Miles  80 000 km   Co         Change engine oil and filter  or every 3 months  whichever occurs first    An Emission Control Service    Lubricate chassis components  or every 3 months  whichever occurs first     See footnote       Check rear front axle fluid level and add fluid as needed  Check constant  velocity joints and axle seals for leaking   See footnote        Rotate tires  See    Tire Inspection and Rotation    in the Index for proper  rotation pattern and additional informatio
91. Module Injectors  Air Conditioning   Not Used   Horn    Automatic Transmission Shift  Lock Control System    Back Up Lamps   Column Feed  IGN 2  3  4  Retained Accessory Power  Not Used    Oxygen Sensor    Name  IGNE  MIR LKS  FOG LP  IGNA  STUD  2  PARKLP  LR PRK  IGN C    HTDSEAT  HVAC    Usage   Engine   Mirrors  Door Locks   Fog Lamps   Starting and Charging IGN 1  Accessory Feeds  Electric Brake  Parking Lamps   Left Rear Parking Lamps    Starter Solenoid  Fuel  Pump  PRNDL    Heated Seat  HVAC System    Name  TRCHMSL    RRDFOG  TBC  CRANK  HAZLP  VECHMSL    HTDMIR  ATC  STOPLP  RR W W    Usage    Trailer Center High Mounted  Stop Light    Rear Defogger   Truck Body Computer  Clutch Switch  NSBU Switch  Hazard Lamps    Vehicle Center High Mounted  Stoplamp    Heated Mirror  Active Transfer Case  Stoplamps   Rear Window Wiper    6 59    Replacement Bulbs  Lamps  Halogen Headlamps  Composite Low Beam  Halogen Headlamps  Composite High Beam  Tail and Stoplamps  Front Sidemarker Lamps  Front Turn Signal Lamps  Turn Signal Lamps    6 60    Quantity  2    2  4  2  2  2    Number  9005 HB4  9005 HB3  3057   194  3157NA  3157NA    Capacities and Specifications    Engine Description              VORTEC    4300 V6  DYPC cisus PS  h 40 bal bathe b hee Sa oe hea V6  VIN Code    0    ccc cette ne E W  Firing Order s  sscsesscnonerees sss 1 6 5 4 3 2  Horsepower              02008  190 at 4 400 rpm  Thermostat Specification             195  F  91  C   Spark Plug Gap            0 060 i
92. O    If after contacting a member of  dealership management  it appears your concern cannot be  resolved by the dealership without further help  contact  the Oldsmobile Customer Assistance Network by calling  1 800 442 6537  In Canada  contact GM of Canada  Customer Communication Centre in Oshawa by calling  1 800 263 3777  English  or 1 800 263 7854  French      We encourage you to call the toll free number in order  to give your inquiry prompt attention  Please have the  following information available to give the Customer   Assistance Representative       Vehicle Identification Number  This is available  from the vehicle registration or title  or the plate  at the top left of the instrument panel and visible  through the windshield      Dealership name and location      Vehicle delivery date and present mileage    When contacting Oldsmobile  please remember that  your concern will likely be resolved at a dealer   s facility   That is why we suggest you follow Step One first if you  have a concern     STEP THREE    Both General Motors and your dealer  are committed to making sure you are completely  satisfied with your new vehicle  However  if you  continue to remain unsatisfied after following the  procedure outlined in Steps One and Two  you must file  with the GM BBB Auto Line Program to enforce any  additional rights you may have  Canadian owners refer  to your Warranty and Owner Assistance Information  booklet for information on the Canadian Motor Vehicle  Arbitration 
93. OTICE     When applying a tire dressing always take care to  wipe off any overspray or splash from all painted  surfaces on the body or wheels of the vehicle   Petroleum based products may damage the paint  finish and tires        Sheet Metal Damage    If your vehicle is damaged and requires sheet metal  repair or replacement  make sure the body repair shop  applies anti corrosion material to the parts repaired or  replaced to restore corrosion protection     Original manufacturer replacement parts will provide  the corrosion protection while maintaining the warranty     Finish Damage    Any stone chips  fractures or deep scratches in the finish  should be repaired right away  Bare metal will corrode  quickly and may develop into a major repair expense     Minor chips and scratches can be repaired with touch up  materials available from your dealer or other service  outlets  Larger areas of finish damage can be corrected  in your dealer   s body and paint shop     Underbody Maintenance    Chemicals used for ice and snow removal and dust  control can collect on the underbody  If these are not  removed  accelerated corrosion  rust  can occur on the  underbody parts such as fuel lines  frame  floor pan  and exhaust system even though they have   corrosion protection     At least every spring  flush these materials from the  underbody with plain water  Clean any areas where mud  and other debris can collect  Dirt packed in closed areas  of the frame should be loosened before bein
94. Plan  CAMVAP      The BBB Auto Line Program is an out of court program  administered by the Council of Better Business Bureaus to  settle automotive disputes regarding vehicle repairs or the  interpretation of the New Vehicle Limited Warranty   Although you are required to resort to this informal dispute  resolution program prior to filing any court action  use of  the program is free of charge and your case will generally  be heard within 40 days  If you do not agree with the  decision given in your case  you may reject it and proceed  with any other venue for relief available to you     You may contact the BBB using the toll free telephone  number or write them at the following address     BBB Auto Line   Council of Better Business Bureaus  Inc   4200 Wilson Boulevard   Suite 800   Arlington  VA 22203 1804    Telephone  1 800 955 5100    This program is available in all 50 states and the District  of Columbia  Eligibility is limited by vehicle age   mileage and other factors  General Motors reserves the  right to change eligibility limitations and or discontinue  its participation in this program     Customer Assistance for Text  Telephone  TTY  Users    To assist customers who are deaf  hard of hearing  or  speech impaired and who use Text Telephones  TTYs    Oldsmobile has TTY equipment available at its  Customer Assistance Network  Any TTY user   can communicate with Oldsmobile by dialing   1 800 833 OLDS  6537    TTY users in Canada can  dial 1 800 263 3830      Custome
95. RT TRN STARTER TTACHMSY  VECHMSU  TRL BU ECMI LDLEV  VEH B U ENG   OXYSEN AR  DEFOG  PR PRK    coms    Fpume    suL    tone    Leer anorog   TRL PRK                                                                                                                                                                   LTHDLP LIFT HTOMIR  HDLP PWR DRL olks  RTHDLP MIRILKS ATC  AC     FOG LP TBC  AIG FOG LP  RT TURN CRANK  LT TURN FRPRK  WAY PMP  IGN G STOPLP  HORN CHMSL  JHDLPwr HORN IHTDSEAT  RR WAV  T PRINTED IN USA          The fuse block is under the hood at the driver   s side of  the engine compartment     Remove the cover by turning the fastener  counterclockwise  To reinstall the fuse panel cover  push  in and turn the fastener clockwise        6 57    Name  TRL TRN  TRR TRN  TRL B U  VEH B U  RT TURN  LT TURN  HDLP W W  LT TRN  RT TRN  RR PRK  TRL PRK  LT HDLP  RT HDLP  FR PRK  INT BAT    6 58    Usage   Trailer Left Turn   Trailer Right Turn  Trailer Back Up Lamps  Vehicle Back Up Lamps  Right Turn Signal Front  Left Turn Signal Front  Not Used   Left Turn Signal Rear  Right Turn Signal Rear  Right Rear Parking Lamps  Trailer Parking Lamps  Left Headlamp   Right Headlamp   Front Parking Lamps   I P Fuse Block Feed    Name  ENGI    ECM B    ABS   ECM I  A C   W W PMP  HORN  BTSI    B U LP  IGN B  RAP   LD LEV  OXYSEN    Usage    Engine Sensors Solenoids  MAF   CAM  PURGE  VENT    Engine Control Module  Fuel  Pump Module  Oil Pressure    Anti Lock Brake System   Engine Control 
96. a maintenance free  ACDelco   battery  When it   s time for a new battery   get one that has the replacement number shown on  the original battery   s label  We recommend an  ACDelco battery     Vehicle Storage    If you   re not going to drive your vehicle for 25 days  or more  remove the black  negative     cable from  the battery  This will help keep your battery from  running down     Batteries have acid that can burn you and gas    that can explode  You can be badly hurt if you  aren   t careful  See    Jump Starting    in the Index  for tips on working around a battery without  getting hurt        Contact your dealer to learn how to prepare your vehicle  for longer storage periods     Also  for your audio system  see    Theft Deterrent  Feature    in the Index     6 31    Bulb Replacement    Before you replace any bulbs  be sure that all the lamps  are off and the engine isn   t running  See    Replacement  Bulbs    in the Index     For any bulb changing procedure not listed in this  section  contact your Oldsmobile dealer   s  service department     Halogen Bulbs    Halogen bulbs have pressurized gas inside and    can burst if you drop or scratch the bulb  You or  others could be injured  Be sure to read and  follow the instructions on the bulb package        6 32       Headlamps  1  Open the hood     PE    PT Pl a  sma riaa a kites T    e mag he    2  Remove the black retainer clips by lifting up   3  Pull the headlamp assembly out     4  Unplug the electrical connect
97. a more accurate  reading of the fluid level     Checking the Fluid Level    Prepare your vehicle as follows     Park your vehicle on a level place  Keep the  engine running     With the parking brake applied  place the shift lever  in PARK  P      With your foot on the brake pedal  move the shift  lever through each gear range  pausing for about  three seconds in each range  Then  position the shift  lever in PARK  P      Let the engine run at idle for three minutes or more     6 17    Then  without shutting off the engine  follow  these steps     1  The dipstick is  located in the  center of the engine  compartment in  the rear        Flip the handle up and then pull out the dipstick and  wipe it with a clean rag or paper towel     2  Push it back in all the way  wait three seconds and  then pull it back out again     6 18    he coca  a         F y  ieni iri jiki AES    sre    3  Check both sides of the dipstick  and read the lower  level  The fluid level must be in the COLD area   below the cross hatched area  for a cold check or in  the HOT area or cross hatched area for a hot check     4  If the fluid level is in the acceptable range  push the    dipstick back in all the way  then flip the handle  down to lock the dipstick in place     How to Add Fluid    Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine what  kind of transmission fluid to use  See    Recommended  Fluids and Lubricants    in the Index     Add fluid only after checking the transmission fluid  while it is hot 
98. a problem     2 60       Engine Coolant Temperature Gage    This gage shows the engine  coolant temperature  If the  gage pointer moves into the  red area  your engine is   too hot     It means that your engine coolant has overheated  If you  have been operating your vehicle under normal driving  conditions  you should pull off the road  stop your  vehicle and turn off the engine as soon as possible     The    Problems on the Road    section of this manual  shows you what to do  See    Engine Overheating     in the Index     Malfunction Indicator Lamp   Service Engine Soon Light     Your vehicle is equipped  with a computer which  monitors operation of the  fuel  ignition and emission  control systems     SERVICE    ENGINE  SOON       This system is called OBD II  On Board  Diagnostics Second Generation  and is intended to  assure that emissions are at acceptable levels for   the life of the vehicle  helping to produce a cleaner  environment  The SERVICE ENGINE SOON light  comes on to indicate that there is a problem and service  is required  Malfunctions often will be indicated by the  system before any problem is apparent  This may  prevent more serious damage to your vehicle  This  system is also designed to assist your service technician  in correctly diagnosing any malfunction     NOTICE     If you keep driving your vehicle with this light  on  after a while  your emission controls may not  work as well  your fuel economy may not be as  good and your engine may not run a
99. able     4 11       An emergency like this requires close attention and a  quick decision  If you are holding the steering wheel at  the recommended 9 and 3 o   clock positions  you can  turn it a full 180 degrees very quickly without removing  either hand  But you have to act fast  steer quickly  and  just as quickly straighten the wheel once you have  avoided the object     The fact that such emergency situations are always  possible is a good reason to practice defensive driving at  all times and wear safety belts properly     4 12    Off Road Recovery    You may find that your right wheels have dropped  off the edge of a road onto the shoulder while  you    re driving     If the level of the shoulder is only slightly below the  pavement  recovery should be fairly easy  Ease off the  accelerator and then  if there is nothing in the way  steer  so that your vehicle straddles the edge of the pavement   You can turn the steering wheel up to one quarter turn  until the right front tire contacts the pavement edge   Then turn your steering wheel to go straight down   the roadway     Passing    The driver of a vehicle about to pass another on a  two lane highway waits for just the right moment   accelerates  moves around the vehicle ahead  then goes  back into the right lane again  A simple maneuver     Not necessarily  Passing another vehicle on a two lane  highway is a potentially dangerous move  since the  passing vehicle occupies the same lane as oncoming  traffic for several
100. amount of  cargo being hauled as soon as it is possible     2 62    If the light stops flashing and remains on steady   see    If the Light Is On Steady    following     If the light continues to flash  when it is safe to do so   stop the vehicle  Find a safe place to park your vehicle   Turn the key off  wait at least 10 seconds and restart the  engine  If the light remains on steady  see    If the Light  Is On Steady    following  If the light is still flashing   follow the previous steps  and drive the vehicle to your  dealer or qualified service center for service     If the Light Is On Steady    You may be able to correct the emission system  malfunction by considering the following     Did you recently put fuel into your vehicle     If so  reinstall the fuel cap  making sure to fully install  the cap  See    Filling Your Tank    in the Index    The diagnostic system can determine if the fuel cap  has been left off or improperly installed  A loose or  missing fuel cap will allow fuel to evaporate into the  atmosphere  A few driving trips with the cap properly  installed should turn the light off     Did you just drive through a deep puddle of water     If so  your electrical system may be wet  The condition  will usually be corrected when the electrical system  dries out  A few driving trips should turn the light off     Have you recently changed brands of fuel     If so  be sure to fuel your vehicle with quality fuel    see    Fuel    in the Index   Poor fuel quality wi
101. and axle seals for leaking   See footnote                     Lubricate chassis components  or every 3 months  whichever occurs first      Lubricate chassis components  or every 3 months  whichever occurs first      DATE  ACTUAL  MILEAGE SERVICED BY     DATE  ACTUAL  MILEAGE SERVICED BY        7 19    Short Trip City Scheduled Maintenance  60 000 Miles  100 000 km     Change engine oil and filter  or every 3 months  whichever occurs first    An Emission Control Service     Lubricate chassis components  or every 3 months  whichever occurs first     See footnote        Check rear front axle fluid level and add fluid as needed  Check constant  velocity joints and axle seals for leaking   See footnote         Change automatic transmission fluid and filter if the vehicle is mainly driven  under one or more of these conditions         In heavy city traffic where the outside temperature regularly reaches  90  F  32  C  or higher        In hilly or mountainous terrain        When doing frequent trailer towing        Uses such as found in taxi  police or delivery service    If you do not use your vehicle under any of these conditions  change the fluid   and filter every 50 000 miles  83 000 km     Inspect engine accessory drive belt    An Emission Control Service    Replace fuel filter    An Emission Control Service   See footnote                    ACTUAL  MILEAGE SERVICED BY                                            7 20    Short Trip City Scheduled Maintenance    Replace engine ai
102. and can   t do   There are some hills that simply can   t be driven  no  matter how well built the vehicle     Many hills are simply too steep for any vehicle   If you drive up them  you will stall  If you drive    down them  you can   t control your speed  If you  drive across them  you will roll over  You could be  seriously injured or killed  If you have any doubt  about the steepness  don   t drive the hill        4 19    Approaching a Hill    When you approach a hill  you need to decide if it   s one  of those hills that   s just too steep to climb  descend or  cross  Steepness can be hard to judge  On a very small  hill  for example  there may be a smooth  constant  incline with only a small change in elevation where you  can easily see all the way to the top  On a large hill  the  incline may get steeper as you near the top  but you may  not see this because the crest of the hill is hidden by  bushes  grass or shrubs     Here are some other things to consider as you approach  a hill        Is there a constant incline  or does the hill get sharply  steeper in places        Is there good traction on the hillside  or will the  surface cause tire slipping        Is there a straight path up or down the hill so you  won   t have to make turning maneuvers        Are there obstructions on the hill that can block your  path  boulders  trees  logs or ruts      4 20      What   s beyond the hill  Is there a cliff  an  embankment  a drop off  a fence  Get out and walk  the hill if
103. and one of eight compass readings to  indicate the direction the vehicle is facing     Before you turn on the ignition and move the vehicle   the temperature indicated will be the last outside  temperature recorded with the ignition on  If the outside  temperature is 37  F  3  C  or lower  the display will  toggle between the word ICE and the current  temperature every eight seconds  This is a warning to  the driver that road conditions may be icy  and that  appropriate precautions should be taken     The compass is self calibrating  so it does not need to be  manually set  However  if C  Calibration  is displayed   the compass will need to be calibrated  You may also  place the compass in a noncalibrated mode by pressing  and holding the MODE and US MET buttons  simultaneously while in the COMP TEMP mode  After  about 10 seconds  the compass will display C and you  can release the buttons  Drive the vehicle in a complete  360   circle three times at a speed of less than 5 mph    8 km h   and the compass will function normally  Once  the calibration is complete  the display will return to a  compass reading     2 41       Variance is the difference between magnetic north and  geographic north  In some areas  the difference between  the two can be great enough to cause false compass  readings  If this happens  follow these instructions to set  the variance for your particular location     1  Find your location on the zone map  Note your  zone number     2  Press and hold both 
104. angerous because      They contain acid that can burn you        They contain gas that can explode or ignite     They contain enough electricity to  burn you   If you don   t follow these steps exactly  some or all  of these things can hurt you        NOTICE     Ignoring these steps could result in costly damage  to your vehicle that wouldn   t be covered by  your warranty     The ACDelco   battery in your vehicle has a    built in hydrometer  Do not charge  test or   jump start the battery if the hydrometer looks  clear or light yellow  Replace the battery when  there is a clear or light yellow hydrometer and a  cranking complaint    Trying to start your vehicle by pushing or pulling  it won   t work  and it could damage your vehicle        1  Check the other vehicle  It must have a 12 volt  battery with a negative ground system     NOTICE     If the other system isn   t a 12 volt system with a  negative ground  both vehicles can be damaged        2  Get the vehicles close enough so the jumper cables  can reach  but be sure the vehicles aren   t touching NOTICE   each other  If they are  it could cause a ground  connection you don   t want  You wouldn   t be able to  start your vehicle  and the bad grounding could  damage the electrical systems     If you leave your radio on  it could be badly  damaged  The repair wouldn   t be covered by  your warranty        To avoid the possibility of the vehicles rolling  set  the parking brake firmly on both vehicles involved in    the 
105. anging lanes        Heated Outside Rearview Mirrors    When you operate the rear window defogger  a defogger  also warms the heated driver   s and passenger   s outside  rearview mirrors to help clear them of ice  snow and  condensation  See    Rear Window Defogger    in the  Index for more information     Electrochromic Rearview Outside Mirror    The driver   s side outside mirror will adjust for the glare  of the headlamps behind you  See    Electrochromic  Day Night Inside Rearview Mirror    earlier in this section     2 39    Storage Compartments    Glove Box    To open your glove box  lift the lever on the front of the  glove box and lower the door  The glove box should not  be open while driving     Overhead Console       The overhead console includes reading lamps  a driver  information system  a storage compartment for  sunglasses and a HomeLink    transmitter     2 40       Reading Lamps    Press the button near each  lamp to turn the reading  lamps on and off     The lamps can also be swiveled to point in the  desired direction     Driver Information System       This system displays the outside air temperature   compass direction and trip information in the  overhead console     US MET  The US MET  United States metric  button  allows you to switch the display between the English  and metric system     MODE  The MODE button can be used to toggle  between three modes of operation  OFF  COMP TEMP  and TRIP     COMP TEMP  The display provides the outside  temperature 
106. ard  too much  which could increase injury  The  shoulder belt should fit against your body           To unlatch the belt  just push the button on the buckle     Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides for  Children and Small Adults    Rear shoulder belt comfort guides will provide added  safety belt comfort for children who have outgrown  child restraints and for small adults  When installed on a  shoulder belt  the comfort guide pulls the belt away  from the neck and head     There is one guide for each outside passenger position in  the rear seat  To provide added safety belt comfort for  children who have outgrown child restraints and for  smaller adults  the comfort guides may be installed on  the shoulder belts  Here   s how to install a comfort guide  and use the safety belt     1 31       1  Pull the elastic cord out from between the edge of  the seatback and the interior body to remove the  guide from its storage clip     1 32    2  Slide the guide under and past the belt  The elastic  cord must be under the belt  Then  place the guide  over the belt  and insert the two edges of the belt into  the slots of the guide        3  Be sure that the belt is not twisted and it lies flat  4  Buckle  position and release the safety belt as  The elastic cord must be under the belt and the guide described in    Rear Seat Outside Passenger Positions     on top  earlier in this section  Make sure that the shoulder  belt crosses the shoulder     To remove and store the comfort guides  sque
107. ard aftermarket driver or  passenger adaptive  equipment you may require  for your vehicle  hand  controls  wheelchair scooter  lifts  etc       This program can also provide you with free resource  information  such as area driver assessment centers and  mobility equipment installers  The program is available  for a limited period of time from the date of vehicle  purchase lease  See your dealer for more details or call  the GM Mobility Assistance Center at 1 800 323 9935   Text telephone  TTY  users  call 1 800 833 9935     GM of Canada also has a Mobility Program  Call  1 800 GM DRIVE  463 7483  for details  When   calling from outside Canada  please dial 1 905 644 3063   All TTY users call 1 800 263 3830     8 5    Oldsmobile Roadside Assistance  Program Features and Benefits                      Security While You Travel    1 800 442 OLDS  6537     As the proud owner of a new Oldsmobile vehicle  you  are automatically enrolled in the Oldsmobile Roadside  Assistance program  This value added service is  intended to provide you with peace of mind as you drive  in the city or travel the open road     8 6    Oldsmobile   s Roadside Assistance toll free number is  staffed by courteous and capable Roadside Assistance  Representatives who are available 24 hours a day   365 days a year     We will provide the following services during the  Bumper to Bumper warranty period  at no expense  to you       Fuel delivery    Lock out service  identification required       Tow to the nea
108. arning zones indicate the normal  operating range     Readings in the low warning zone may occur when a  large number of electrical accessories are operating in  the vehicle and the engine is left at an idle for an  extended period  This condition is normal since the  charging system is not able to provide full power at  engine idle  As engine speeds are increased  this  condition should correct itself as higher engine speeds  allow the charging system to create maximum power     You can only drive for a short time with the reading in  either warning zone  If you must drive  turn off all  unnecessary accessories     Readings in either warning zone indicate a possible  problem in the electrical system  Have the vehicle  serviced as soon as possible     Brake System Warning Light    When the ignition is on  the brake system warning light  will come on when you set your parking brake  The light  will stay on if your parking brake doesn   t release fully   If it stays on after your parking brake is fully released  it  means you have a brake problem     Your vehicle   s hydraulic brake system is divided into  two parts  If one part isn   t working  the other part can  still work and stop you  For good braking  though  you  need both parts working well     If the warning light comes on  there could be a brake  problem  Have your brake system inspected right away     This light should come on  briefly when you turn the  ignition key to RUN  If it  doesn   t come on then  have  it fi
109. articularly important when outside  starburst symbol  Failure to use the temperatures are below freezing    recommended oil can result in engine damage       Most trips include extensive idling  such as frequent  not covered by your warranty     driving in stop and go traffic           You operate your vehicle in dusty areas or  GM Goodwrench   oil meets all the requirements for off road frequently     your vehicle         You frequently tow a trailer or use a carrier on top of    If you are in an area where the temperature falls your vehicle    eens ae amie  ear er   The vehicle is used for delivery service  police  taxi  Both will provide easier cold starting and better or other commercial application    protection for your engine at extremely Driving under these conditions causes engine oil to  low temperatures  break down sooner  If any one of these is true for your    vehicle  then you need to change your oil and filter  every 3 000 miles  5 000 km  or 3 months    whichever  occurs first     6 13    If none of them is true  use the long trip highway  maintenance schedule  Change the oil and filter every  7 500 miles  12 500 km  or 12 months    whichever  occurs first  Driving a vehicle with a fully warmed  engine under highway conditions causes engine oil to  break down slower     Remote Oil Filter    The access door for the  remote oil filter is in the     steering linkage shield  assembly located under the  radiator support  Twist the  screw to unlock or lock  the door
110. ay 8 00 AM     6 00 PM EST  information within 30 days of delivery  On returns  a re stocking fee may be applied  FAX Orders Only 1 313 865 5927 against the original order     Sevena OOOO  Car  amp  Light Truck   Transmission Unit Repair   Owner   s Manual In Portfolio   ll  Owner   s Manual Without Portfolio o    NOTE  Dealers and Companies please provide dealer or company name  and also the Check or Money  name of the person to whose attention the shipment should be sent  Order payable to Michigan Purchasers  Mail completed order form to  Helm  Inc   USA funds add 6  sales tax    HELM  INCORPORATED   e P O  Box 07130     Detroit  MI 48207 only     do not send cash   7  For purchases outside U S A  please write to the above address for quotation  C  U S  Order Processing  6 00  MasterCard Canadian Postage  C   See Note Below   L  Discover    Number    ee Check here if your billing address  Expiration   Oo mE is different from your shipping     Date mo yr  address shown      CUSTOMER   S NAME   ATTENTION      STREET ADDRESS   NO P O  BOX NUMBERS     AZzms  lt xvpv        CITY   STATE   ZIP CODE   DAYTIME TELEPHONE NO     M  AREA CODE CUSTOMER SIGNATURE  GM OLD ORD99   Prices are subject to change without notice and without incurring Note to Canadian Customers  All listed prices are quoted in U S  funds  Canadian residents  obligation  Allow ample time for delivery   are to make checks payable in U S  funds  To cover Canadian postage  add  11 50 plus the    U S  order processi
111. ay Definition       Follow this scheduled maintenance only if none of the  conditions from the Short Trip City Scheduled  Maintenance are true  Do not use this schedule if the  vehicle is used for trailer towing  driven in a dusty area  or used off paved roads  Use the Short Trip City  schedule for these conditions     Driving a vehicle with a fully warmed engine under  highway conditions causes engine oil to break  down slower     Scheduled Maintenance    Long Trip Highway Intervals Long Trip Highway Intervals    Every 7 500 Miles  12 500 km   Engine Oil and Filter Every 60 000 Miles  100 000 km   Engine Accessory    Change  or every 12 months  whichever occurs first   Drive Belt Inspection    Cas is Lubrano  or every  12 months  whichever Every 100 000 Miles  166 000 km   Spark Plug Wire   occurs first   Drive Axle Service  Tire Rotation    oa   Inspection  Spark Plug Replacement  Positive   Every 15 000 Miles  25 000 km   Automatic Crankcase Ventilation  PCV  Valve Inspection    Transmission Service  severe conditions only   Every 150 000 Miles  240 000 km   Cooling System  Every 30 000 Miles  50 000 km   Fuel Filter Service  or every 60 months  whichever occurs first     Replacement  Engine Air Cleaner Filter Replacement        i   These intervals only summarize maintenance services    Every 50 000 Miles  83 000 km   Automatic Be sure to follow the complete scheduled maintenance   Transmission Service  normal conditions   on the following pages        7 7    Short Trip Ci
112. ayed in random  order  If you press PROG or SEEK while in the random  mode  discs and tracks will be scanned randomly  Press  this button again to turn off the random feature and  return to normal operation     RCL  Press this button to see what track is currently  playing  Press RCL again within five seconds to see how  long the track has been playing  EL TM will appear on the  display when in elapsed time mode  When a new track  starts to play  the track number will also appear  Press RCL  a third time and the time of day will be displayed     SEEK  Press the SEEK down arrow while playing a CD  to go back to the start of the current track if more than  eight seconds have played  If you press it again  the  changer will go to previous tracks  Press the SEEK up  arrow and it will go to the next higher track on the disc     SCAN  Press this button and release to listen to each  selection for a few seconds  The first few seconds of  each selection on the current disc will be played  The  sound will mute while scanning and SCAN will appear  on the display  Press this button again to stop scanning     P SCAN  Press and hold the SCAN button for two  seconds to hear the first selection of each loaded disc for  a few seconds  The sound will mute while scanning and  P SCAN will appear on the display  Press SCAN again  to stop scanning     TAPE CD  Press this button to play a CD if you have a  magazine loaded in the changer and the radio is playing   To return to the radio while a CD 
113. bel side up  The player will pull it in and the disc  should begin playing  If you want to insert a CD when  the ignition is off  first press EJECT or RCL     The CD player will play either normal size discs or the  smaller 8 cm discs with an adapter     Note that when the disc is inserted  CD will be  displayed  When the disc is playing  a box will appear  around CD on the display  If you select a tone setting for  your CD  it will be activated each time you play a CD    The tone setting function is not available on the   Bose radio      As each new track starts to play  the track number will  appear in the display    If E  error  and a number appear on the radio display  and the disc comes out  it could be that       E20  The road is too rough  The disc should play  when the road is smoother       E20  The disc is dirty  scratched  wet or  upside down       E20  The air is very humid  If so  wait about an hour  and try again     If any error occurs repeatedly or if an error can   t be  corrected  please contact your dealer  If your radio  displays an error number  write it down and provide it to  your dealer when reporting the problem     REV  1   Press and hold this button to quickly reverse  within a track  You will hear sound at a reduced volume   The display will show elapsed time     FWD  2   Press and hold this button to quickly advance  within a track  You will hear sound at a reduced volume   The display will show elapsed time     RDM  5   Press this button to hear 
114. cing child restraint would be  very close to the inflating air bag  Always secure  a rear facing child restraint in the rear seat        Although a rear seat is a safer place  you can secure a  forward facing child restraint in the right front seat     You    ll be using the lap shoulder belt  See the earlier part  about the top strap if the child restraint has one  Be sure  to follow the instructions that came with the child  restraint  Secure the child in the child restraint when and  as the instructions say     1  Because your vehicle has a right front passenger air  bag  always move the seat as far back as it will go  before securing a forward facing child restraint    See    Seats    in the Index      2  Put the restraint on the seat     1 47    3  Pick up the latch plate  and run the lap and shoulder  portions of the vehicle   s safety belt through or  around the restraint  The child restraint instructions  will show you how     If the shoulder belt goes in front of the child   s face or  neck  put it behind the child restraint        5  Pull the rest of the shoulder belt all the way out of  the retractor to set the lock        4  Buckle the belt  Make sure the release button is  positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the  safety belt quickly if you ever had to     1 48       6  To tighten the belt  feed the shoulder belt back into the  retractor while you push down on the child restraint   You may find it helpful to use your knee to push down  on the child restrai
115. cing infant restraint  B  positions an infant  to face the rear of the vehicle  Rear facing infant  restraints are designed for infants of up to about   20 Ibs   9 kg  and about one year of age  This type  of restraint faces the rear so that the infant   s head   neck and body can have the support they need in a  frontal crash  Some infant seats come in two   parts    the base stays secured in the vehicle and  the seat part is removable     1 39    1 40       A forward facing child restraint  C E  positions a  child upright to face forward in the vehicle  These  forward facing restraints are designed to help  protect children who are from 20 to 40 Ibs     9 to 18 kg  and about 26 to 40 inches    66 to 102 cm  in height  or up to around four years  of age  One type  a convertible restraint  is  designed to be used either as a rear facing infant  seat or a forward facing child seat        A booster seat  F  is designed for children who  are about 40 to 60 lbs   or even up to 80 lbs     18 to 27 kg  or even up to 36 kg   and about four  to eight years of age  A booster seat is designed to  improve the fit of the vehicle   s safety belt system   Booster seats with shields use lap only belts   however  booster seats without shields use  lap shoulder belts  Booster seats can also help a  child to see out the window     When choosing a child restraint  be sure the child  restraint is designed to be used in a vehicle  If it is  it  will have a label saying that it meets federal motor
116. circulation as necessary to cool the air  Pressing the  recirculation button will change the operation to a  manual mode and the air will recirculate non stop  Press  this button again to turn off the recirculation feature     RECIRCULATION may be selected with the fan control  in OFF to limit odors  outside air and dust from entering  your vehicle     Pressing the RECIRCULATION button will cancel the  OUTSIDE AIR button     Re A C  Press this button to turn the air conditioning  on and off  The system will cool and dehumidify the air  inside the vehicle     Air conditioning will be automatically disabled when  the outside temperature drops below a level at which air  conditioning is effective     Remember that in order for the automatic  system to perform well  it needs A C to provide  cooling performance     Air Conditioning    On hot days  open the windows long enough to let hot  inside air escape  This reduces the time it takes for your  vehicle to cool down  Then keep your windows closed  for the air conditioner to work its best     For quick cool down on very hot days  the A C button  should be enabled and the OUTSIDE AIR button should  not be active     On cool but sunny days  use BI LEVEL A C to deliver  warm air to the floor and cooler air to the instrument  panel outlets     When the air conditioner is on  you may sometimes  notice slight changes in your vehicle   s engine speed and  power  This is normal because the system is designed to  cycle the compressor on an
117. ck the coolant level in the radiator   For information on how to add coolant to the radiator   see    Cooling System    in the Index     NOTICE     Your radiator cap is a 15 psi  105 kPa   pressure type cap and must be tightly installed to  prevent coolant loss and possible engine damage  from overheating  Be sure the arrows on the cap  line up with the overflow tube on the radiator  filler neck           It is not necessary to regularly check power steering  fluid unless you suspect there is a leak in the system or  you hear an unusual noise  A fluid loss in this system  could indicate a problem  Have the system inspected  and repaired     How to Check Power Steering Fluid    Turn the key off  let the engine compartment cool down   wipe the cap and the top of the reservoir clean  then  unscrew the cap and wipe the dipstick with a clean rag   Replace the cap and completely tighten it  Then remove  the cap again and look at the fluid level on the dipstick     The level should be between the ADD and FULL marks   If necessary  add only enough fluid to bring the level up  to the proper range     What to Use    To determine what kind of fluid to use  see     Recommended Fluids and Lubricants    in the Index   Always use the proper fluid  Failure to use the proper  fluid can cause leaks and damage hoses and seals     Windshield Washer Fluid  What to Use    When you need windshield washer fluid  be sure to read  the manufacturer   s instructions before use  If you will be  operating
118. cle warranty     NOTICE   If there seems to be no leak  start the engine again     See if the engine cooling fan speed increases when idle  speed is doubled by pushing the accelerator pedal down   If it doesn   t  your vehicle needs service  Turn off   the engine     Heater and radiator hoses  and other engine  parts  can be very hot  Don   t touch them  If you  do  you can be burned     Don   t run the engine if there is a leak  If you run  the engine  it could lose all coolant  That could  cause an engine fire  and you could be burned   Get any leak fixed before you drive the vehicle        Engine damage from running your engine  without coolant isn   t covered by your warranty        5 12    How to Add Coolant to the Coolant  Recovery Tank NOTICE     If you haven   t found a problem yet  but the coolant level  isn   t at the ADD mark  add a 50 50 mixture of clean  i    drinkable water and DEX COOL   engine coolant at the the engine  radiator  heater core and other parts   coolant recovery tank   See    Engine Coolant    in the Use the recommended coolant and the proper  Index for more information   coolant mixture     In cold weather  water can freeze and crack       Adding only plain water to your cooling system  can be dangerous  Plain water  or some other  liquid like alcohol  can boil before the proper  coolant mixture will  Your vehicle   s coolant    warning system is set for the proper coolant  mixture  With plain water or the wrong mixture   your engine could get t
119. control  the radio   s  tone setting will switch to manual   The radio   s tone  setting will not switch to manual on the Bose radio    If a station is weak or noisy  you may want to decrease  the treble     Push the knob back into its stored position when you   re  not using it     3 10    TONE  This feature allows you to choose preset bass  and treble equalization settings designed for jazz  vocal   pop  rock and classical stations  JAZZ will appear on the  display when you first press TONE  Each time you press  it  another setting will appear on the display  Press it  again after CLASSIC appears and MANUAL will  appear  Tone control will return to the BASS and TREB  knobs  Also  if you use the BASS and TREB knobs   control will return to them and MANUAL will appear    This button is not available on the Bose radio      Adjusting the Speakers    BAL  Press this knob lightly so it extends  Turn the knob  to move the sound to the left or right speakers  The middle  position balances the sound between the speakers     FADE  Press the knob lightly so it extends  Then pull  the knob all the way out  Turn it to move the sound to  the front or rear speakers  The middle position balances  the sound between the speakers     Push the knob back into its stored position when you   re  not using it     Playing a Cassette Tape    Your tape player is built to work best with tapes that are  up to 30 to 45 minutes long on each side  Tapes longer  than that are so thin they may not work well
120. ct Disc Player   3 8 Setting the Clock 3 23 Fixed Mast Antenna   3 8 AM FM Stereo with Cassette Tape and    Compact Disc Player with Automatic  Tone Control    Comfort Controls    With this system  you can control the heating  cooling  and ventilation in your vehicle     Electronic Climate Control                                  Fan Control    The knob on the left side of the electronic climate  control panel controls the fan speed  To manually  increase airflow  turn the knob clockwise  To manually  decrease airflow  turn it counterclockwise     3 2       OFF  If the knob is in OFF  outside air will still enter  the vehicle  and will be directed based on the position of  the mode knob     AUTO  If the knob is in AUTO  the fan speed will vary  as the system maintains the selected temperature     Temperature Knob    The middle knob on the control panel lets you select the  desired air temperature in your vehicle  This knob will  allow you to adjust the interior air temperature  independently of the function knob setting  Turn the  knob clockwise toward 82 for warmer air  Turn the knob  counterclockwise toward 66 for cooler air     Full Hot  If you turn the temperature knob past 82  F   28  C   the system will go into the    full hot    mode  The  system will remain at that maximum heating setting and  the fan will blow at the speed the fan knob is set to  If  the fan is in AUTO  it will run at full speed     Full Cold  If you turn the temperature knob past 66  F   19  C   the
121. d  cause injury  In a sudden stop or collision  loose  equipment could strike someone  Store all these  in the proper place     NOTICE     An aluminum wheel with a flat tire should always  be stored under the vehicle with the hoist   However  storing it that way for an extended  period could damage the wheel  To avoid this   have the wheel repaired as soon as possible        Follow this diagram to store the spare or flat tire         gt       Retainer    ive       Valve Stem   Pointed Down       Spare Tire     Spring     Wheel Wrench  Lower     Raise     Hoist Arm    zTamtmoen      Put the tire on the ground at the rear of the vehicle     with the valve stem pointed down and to the rear       Pull the retainer through the wheel       Put the chisel end of the wheel wrench  on an angle     through the hole in the rear bumper and into the  hoist shaft       Raise the tire fully against the underside of the    vehicle  Continue turning the wheel wrench until the  tire is secure and the cable is tight  The spare tire  hoist cannot be overtightened     5 27                Make sure the tire and carrier are secure   Driving with the tire or carrier unlatched could  injure pedestrians or damage the vehicle                                      Return the jack  wheel wrench and wheel blocks to the  PUSH  amp  PULL proper location in your vehicle   s rear area  Secure the    i items and replace the jack cover        5  Make sure the tire is stored securely  Push  pull  and  then try to
122. d  maintain them properly     Your trailer   s brake system can tap into the vehicle   s  hydraulic brake system only if       The trailer parts can withstand 3 000 psi   20 650 kPa  of pressure       The trailer   s brake system will use less than  0 02 cubic inch  0 3 cc  of fluid from your vehicle   s  master cylinder  Otherwise  both braking systems  won   t work well  You could even lose your brakes     If everything checks out this far  then make the brake  fluid tap at the port on the master cylinder that sends  fluid to the rear brakes  But don   t use copper tubing for  this  If you do  it will bend and finally break off  Use  steel brake tubing     Driving with a Trailer    If you have a rear most window open and you  pull a trailer with your vehicle  carbon monoxide   CO  could come into your vehicle  You can   t see  or smell CO  It can cause unconsciousness or  death   See    Engine Exhaust    in the Index     To maximize your safety when towing a trailer        Have your exhaust system inspected for  leaks  and make necessary repairs before  starting on your trip    Keep the rear most windows closed    If exhaust does come into your vehicle  through a window in the rear or another  opening  drive with your front  main  heating or cooling system on and with the  fan on any speed  This will bring fresh   outside air into your vehicle  Do not use  RECIRCULATION because it only  recirculates the air inside your vehicle    See    Comfort Controls    in the Index     
123. d damage to your vehicle   drive slowly  readjust or remove the device if it   s  contacting your vehicle  and don   t spin your wheels        6 44    Appearance Care    Remember  cleaning products can be hazardous  Some  are toxic  Others can burst into flame if you strike a  match or get them on a hot part of the vehicle  Some are  dangerous if you breathe their fumes in a closed space   When you use anything from a container to clean your  vehicle  be sure to follow the manufacturer   s warnings  and instructions  And always open your doors or  windows when you   re cleaning the inside     Never use these to clean your vehicle   Gasoline   Benzene   Naphtha   Carbon Tetrachloride   Acetone   Paint Thinner   Turpentine    Lacquer Thinner    Nail Polish Remover    They can all be hazardous    some more than  others    and they can all damage your vehicle  too     Don   t use any of these unless this manual says you can     In many uses  these will damage your vehicle   e  Alcohol      Laundry Soap      Bleach     Reducing Agents    Cleaning the Inside of Your Vehicle    Use a vacuum cleaner often to get rid of dust and loose  dirt  Wipe vinyl  leather  plastic and painted surfaces  with a clean  damp cloth     Cleaning of Fabric Carpet    Your dealer has two cleaners  Multi Purpose Interior  Cleaner and Capture Non Solvent Dry Spot and Soil  Remover for cleaning fabric and carpet  They will  clean normal spots and stains very well  You can get  GM approved cleaning products 
124. d even make it difficult to see through the windshield  under certain conditions     Cleaning Interior Plastic Components    Use only a mild soap and water solution on a soft cloth  or sponge  Commercial cleaners may affect the  surface finish     Care of Safety Belts  Keep belts clean and dry     Do not bleach or dye safety belts  If you do  it    may severely weaken them  In a crash  they  might not be able to provide adequate protection   Clean safety belts only with mild soap and  lukewarm water        Cleaning Glass Surfaces    Glass should be cleaned often  GM Glass Cleaner or  a liquid household glass cleaner will remove normal  tobacco smoke and dust films on interior glass     See    Appearance Care and Materials    in the Index      Don   t use abrasive cleaners on glass  because they may  cause scratches  Avoid placing decals on the inside rear  window  since they may have to be scraped off later    If abrasive cleaners are used on the inside of the rear  window  an electric defogger element may be damaged   Any temporary license should not be attached across the  defogger grid     Cleaning the Outside of the  Windshield  Backglass and  Wiper Blades    If the windshield is not clear after using the windshield  washer  or if the wiper blade chatters when running   wax  sap or other material may be on the blade   or windshield     Clean the outside of the windshield with GM  Windshield Cleaner  Bon Ami  Powder  non scratching  glass cleaning powder   GM Part No  1050
125. d keep yourself and your  passengers safe          Turn on your hazard flashers  You can run the engine to keep warm  but be careful     4 40    Snow can trap exhaust gases under your vehicle   This can cause deadly CO  carbon monoxide  gas  to get inside  CO could overcome you and kill  you  You can   t see it or smell it  so you might not  know it is in your vehicle  Clear away snow from    around the base of your vehicle  especially any  that is blocking your exhaust pipe  And check  around again from time to time to be sure snow  doesn   t collect there     Open a window just a little on the side of the  vehicle that   s away from the wind  This will help  keep CO out     Run your engine only as long as you must  This saves  fuel  When you run the engine  make it go a little faster  than just idle  That is  push the accelerator slightly  This  uses less fuel for the heat that you get and it keeps the  battery charged  You will need a well charged battery to  restart the vehicle  and possibly for signaling later on  with your headlamps  Let the heater run for a while        Then  shut the engine off and close the window almost  all the way to preserve the heat  Start the engine again  and repeat this only when you feel really uncomfortable  from the cold  But do it as little as possible  Preserve the  fuel as long as you can  To help keep warm  you can get  out of the vehicle and do some fairly vigorous exercises  every half hour or so until help comes     Recreational Veh
126. d off to keep the   desired temperature     Heating    The heater works best if you keep your windows closed  while using it  On cold days  use HEATER with the  temperature knob turned to the right  BLEND is useful  in cool weather when you have fog or ice on the  windshield or side windows     If you use the optional engine coolant heater before  starting your engine  your heating system will produce  warmer air faster to heat the passenger compartment in  cold weather  See    Engine Coolant Heater    in the Index     Defogging and Defrosting    On cool  humid days  use BLEND to keep the  windshield and side windows clear     Use DEFROST to remove fog or ice from the  windshield quickly in extreme humid or cold conditions   Turn the temperature knob to the right and turn the fan  control toward high     Rear Window Defogger    The rear window has lines that warm the glass  For best  results  clear the window of as much snow or ice as  possible before using the rear window defogger     To turn on the rear window  defogger  find the switch  marked REAR with the  defog symbol on the lower  right corner of your climate  control system        Press the switch until the light in the switch comes on   then release it  It will only work if the ignition switch is  turned to RUN     The rear window defogger will stay on for five to seven  minutes  then turn off  If you need additional warming  time  turn it on again  You can turn the defogger off at  any time by pressing the switch   
127. e     Your anti lock brakes improve your vehicle   s stability  when you make a hard stop on a slippery road  Even  though you have an anti lock braking system  you    ll  want to begin stopping sooner than you would on dry  pavement  See    Anti Lock    in the Index     e  Allow greater following distance on any  slippery road       Watch for slippery spots  The road might be fine  until you hit a spot that   s covered with ice  On an  otherwise clear road  ice patches may appear in  shaded areas where the sun can   t reach  around  clumps of trees  behind buildings or under bridges   Sometimes the surface of a curve or an overpass may  remain icy when the surrounding roads are clear  If  you see a patch of ice ahead of you  brake before you  are on it  Try not to brake while you    re actually on  the ice  and avoid sudden steering maneuvers     4 39    If You   re Caught in a Blizzard    Tie ared cloth to your vehicle to alert police that  you    ve been stopped by the snow        Put on extra clothing or wrap a blanket around you   If you have no blankets or extra clothing  make body  insulators from newspapers  burlap bags  rags  floor  mats    anything you can wrap around yourself or  tuck under your clothing to keep warm        If you are stopped by heavy snow  you could be in a  serious situation  You should probably stay with your  vehicle unless you know for sure that you are near help  and you can hike through the snow  Here are some  things to do to summon help an
128. e   compact disc player or changer  the following conditions   may have caused the error      The road is too rough  The disc should play when the  road is smoother      The disc is dirty  scratched  wet or upside down      The air is very humid  If so  wait about an hour and  try again      The CD changer door is open  Completely close the  door to restore normal operation       An empty magazine is inserted in the CD changer  Try  the magazine again with a disc loaded in one of the slots    If any error occurs repeatedly or if an error cannot be   corrected  please contact your dealer  If your radio   displays an error number  write it down and provide it to   your dealer when reporting the problem     Playing a Compact Disc    REV  1   Press and hold this button to quickly reverse  within a track  As the CD reverses  elapsed time will be  displayed to help you find the correct passage     FWD  2   Press and hold this button to quickly advance  within a track  As the CD advances  elapsed time will be  displayed to help you find the correct passage     PROG  3   Press this button to select the next disc in the  magazine  Each time you press PROG  the disc number on  the radio display will go to that of the next available CD   If a CD cannot be played  its number will be skipped  when selecting discs while using the PROG button     RDM  5   Press this button to enter the random play  mode  RDM will appear on the display  While in this  mode  the tracks on the discs will be pl
129. e  performance and engine protection  Gasolines meeting  the AAMA specification could provide improved  driveability and emission control system performance  compared to other gasolines     Be sure the posted octane is at least 87  If the octane is  less than 87  you may get a heavy knocking noise when  you drive  If it   s bad enough  it can damage your engine     If you   re using fuel rated at 87 octane or higher and you  hear heavy knocking  your engine needs service  But  don   t worry if you hear a little pinging noise when  you    re accelerating or driving up a hill  That   s normal   and you don   t have to buy a higher octane fuel to get rid  of pinging  It   s the heavy  constant knock that means  you have a problem     If your vehicle is certified to meet California Emission  Standards  indicated on the underhood emission control  label   it is designed to operate on fuels that meet  California specifications  If such fuels are not available  in states adopting California emissions standards  your  vehicle will operate satisfactorily on fuels meeting  federal specifications  but emission control system  performance may be affected  The malfunction indicator  lamp on your instrument panel may turn on and or your  vehicle may fail a smog check test   See    Malfunction  Indicator Lamp    in the Index   If this occurs  return to  your authorized Oldsmobile dealer for diagnosis to  determine the cause of failure  In the event it is  determined that the cause of the co
130. e Index for what to use  MILEAGE  Inspect hoses  Clean radiator  condenser  pressure cap and neck  Pressure test PF  cooling system and pressure cap    An Emission Control Service                    SERVICED BY     7 29       Long Trip Highway Scheduled Maintenance    The services shown in this schedule up to 100 000 miles   166 000 km  should be performed after 100 000 miles   166 000 km  at the same intervals  The services shown  at 150 000 miles  240 000 km  should be performed at  the same interval after 150 000 miles  240 000 km      See    Owner Checks and Services    and    Periodic  Maintenance Inspections    following     Footnotes       The U S  Environmental Protection Agency or the  California Air Resources Board has determined that the  failure to perform this maintenance item will not nullify  the emission warranty or limit recall liability prior to  the completion of the vehicle s useful life  We  however   urge that all recommended maintenance services be  performed at the indicated intervals and the  maintenance be recorded     7 30      Lubricate the front suspension  ball joints  steering  linkage  parking brake cable guides  propshaft splines   universal joints and brake pedal springs       A good time to check your brakes is during tire  rotation  See    Brake System Inspection    under     Periodic Maintenance Inspections    in Part C  of this schedule        Drive axle service  see    Recommended Fluids and  Lubricants    in the Index for proper lubrica
131. e air bag will inflate  only if the impact speed is above the system   s designed     threshold level     If your vehicle goes straight into a  wall that doesn   t move or deform  the threshold level is  about 14 to 18 mph  23 to 29 km h   The threshold level  can vary  however  with specific vehicle design  so that  it can be somewhat above or below this range  If your  vehicle strikes something that will move or deform  such  as a parked car  the threshold level will be higher  The  air bag is not designed to inflate in rollovers  side  impacts or rear impacts  because inflation would not  help the occupant     In any particular crash  no one can say whether an air  bag should have inflated simply because of the damage  to a vehicle or because of what the repair costs were   Inflation is determined by the angle of the impact and  how quickly the vehicle slows down in frontal or  near frontal impacts     The air bag system is designed to work properly under a  wide range of conditions  including off road usage   Observe safe driving speeds  especially on rough terrain   As always  wear your safety belt  See    Off Road  Driving    in the Index for more tips on off road driving     1 24    What makes an air bag inflate     In an impact of sufficient severity  the air bag sensing  system detects that the vehicle is in a crash  The sensing  system triggers a release of gas from the inflator  which  inflates the air bag  The inflator  air bag and related  hardware are all part o
132. e cables in reverse order to prevent  electrical shorting  Take care that they don   t touch  each other or any other metal     Removal Procedure    A  Heavy  Unpainted Metal Engine Part  B  Good Battery  C  Dead Battery       Towing Your Vehicle    To help avoid serious personal injury to you  or others     Never let passengers ride in a vehicle that is  being towed   Never tow faster than safe or posted speeds     Never tow with damaged parts not   fully secured    Never get under your vehicle after it has  been lifted by the tow truck    Always secure the vehicle on each side with  separate safety chains when towing it    Use only the correct hooks        NOTICE     Use the proper towing equipment to avoid  damage to the bumper  fascia or fog lamp areas  of the vehicle        With current trends in automotive styles and design  it is  essential that the correct towing equipment is used to  tow a vehicle  Your vehicle can be towed with wheel lift  equipment or car carrier equipment  When using wheel  lift equipment  you must have a towing dolly under the  rear wheels when towing from the front and under the  front wheels when towing from the rear     Consult your dealer or a professional towing service if  you need to have your vehicle towed  See    Roadside  Assistance    in the Index     Engine Overheating    You will find a coolant temperature gage on your  vehicle   s instrument panel  See    Gages    in the Index     If Steam Is Coming From Your Engine    Steam from an
133. e latch plate into the buckle until it clicks   Pull up on the latch plate to make sure it is secure     When the shoulder belt is pulled out all the way  it  will lock  If it does  let it go back all the way and  start again     If the belt is not long enough  see    Safety Belt  Extender    at the end of this section     Make sure the release button on the buckle is  positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the  safety belt quickly if you ever had to        3  To make the lap part tight  pull down on the buckle  end of the belt as you pull up on the shoulder part     1 29                   Cae  on ge    Ny    4         ey  K   vif    KC  Hie  YS    PRS     i           t       D  pp   a                        p g    ib      aa  P                               1 30    The lap part of the belt should be worn low and snug on  the hips  just touching the thighs  In a crash  this applies  force to the strong pelvic bones  And yov   d be less likely  to slide under the lap belt  If you slid under it  the belt  would apply force at your abdomen  This could cause  serious or even fatal injuries  The shoulder belt should go  over the shoulder and across the chest  These parts of the  body are best able to take belt restraining forces     The safety belt locks if there   s a sudden stop or a crash     The safety belt also locks if you pull the belt very  quickly out of the retractor     You can be seriously hurt if your shoulder belt is    too loose  In a crash  you would move forw
134. e than makes up for the  distance you would lose by dropping back  And if  something happens to cause you to cancel your pass   you need only slow down and drop back again and  wait for another opportunity     If other cars are lined up to pass a slow vehicle  wait  your turn  But take care that someone isn   t trying to  pass you as you pull out to pass the slow vehicle   Remember to glance over your shoulder and check  the blind spot     4 13      Check your mirrors  glance over your shoulder and  start your left lane change signal before moving out  of the right lane to pass  When you are far enough  ahead of the passed vehicle to see its front in your  inside mirror  activate your right lane change signal  and move back into the right lane   Remember that  your right outside mirror is convex  The vehicle you  just passed may seem to be farther away from you  than it really is      e  Try not to pass more than one vehicle at a time on  two lane roads  Reconsider before passing the  next vehicle       Don   t overtake a slowly moving vehicle too rapidly   Even though the brake lamps are not flashing  it may  be slowing down or starting to turn        If you   re being passed  make it easy for the  following driver to get ahead of you  Perhaps you  can ease a little to the right     4 14    Loss of Control    Let   s review what driving experts say about what  happens when the three control systems  brakes  steering  and acceleration  don   t have enough friction where the  
135. eaving the vehicle     When an air bag inflates  there is dust in the air   This dust could cause breathing problems for  people with a history of asthma or other    breathing trouble  To avoid this  everyone in the  vehicle should get out as soon as it is safe to do so   If you have breathing problems but can   t get out  of the vehicle after an air bag inflates  then get  fresh air by opening a window or door        1 25       Air bags are designed to inflate only once  After they    inflate  you    ll need some new parts for your air bag  system  If you don   t get them  the air bag system  won   t be there to help protect you in another crash   A new system will include air bag modules and  possibly other parts  The service manual for your  vehicle covers the need to replace other parts     Your vehicle is equipped with a diagnostic module   which records information about the air bag system   The module records information about the readiness of  the system  when the system commands air bag  inflation and driver   s safety belt usage at deployment     Let only qualified technicians work on your air bag  system  Improper service can mean that your air bag  system won   t work properly  See your dealer   for service     1 26    NOTICE     If you damage the covering for the driver   s or the  right front passenger   s air bag  the bag may not  work properly  You may have to replace the air  bag module in the steering wheel or both the air  bag module and the instrument pane
136. eck the location  Other vehicles or objects may be  blocking the signal  Take a few steps to the left or  right  hold the transmitter higher  and try again       Check to determine if battery replacement or  resynchronization is necessary  See the instructions  that follow        If you   re still having trouble  see your dealer or a  qualified technician for service     Operation    UNLOCK  When you press UNLOCK  the driver   s  door will unlock automatically  the parking lamps will  flash and the interior lights will go on  Pressing this  button once also unlocks the rear liftglass  If you press  UNLOCK again within three seconds  the remaining  doors  including the liftgate  will unlock  the parking  lamps will flash and the interior lights will go on     LOCK  Press LOCK to lock all the doors and the  liftgate  Press LOCK again within three seconds and the  horn will chirp     REAR  Press the REAR button twice within three  seconds to release the liftglass  The parking lamps will  flash and the interior lights will go on  The transmission  must be in PARK  P  or NEUTRAL  N      Remote Panic Alarm    When the button with the horn symbol on the keyless  entry transmitter is pressed  the horn will sound and the  headlamps and taillamps will flash for up to 30 seconds   This can be turned off by pressing the horn button again   waiting for 30 seconds  or starting the vehicle     Matching Transmitter s  To Your Vehicle    Each remote keyless entry transmitter is coded to  prev
137. ed by a circuit  breaker and a fuse  If the motor overheats due to heavy  snow or ice the wiper will stop until the motor cools   If the overload is caused by some electrical problem   be sure to get it fixed     Power Windows and Other Power Options    Circuit breakers protect the power windows and other  power accessories  When the current load is too heavy   the circuit breaker opens and closes  protecting the  circuit until the problem is fixed or goes away     Fuses and Circuit Breakers    The wiring circuits in your vehicle are protected from  short circuits by a combination of fuses and circuit  breakers  This greatly reduces the chance of fires caused  by electrical problems     Look at the silver colored band inside the fuse  If the  band is broken or melted  replace the fuse  Be sure you  replace a bad fuse with a new one of the identical size  and rating     If you ever have a problem on the road and don   t have  a spare fuse  you can borrow one that has the same    amperage  Just pick some feature of your vehicle that C      you can get along without    like the radio or cigarette  lighter    and use its fuse  if it is the correct amperage  C Hee 3   an    A       Replace it as soon as you can       PWR  ctsyiP     CIGAR    LKS    The fuse block is located at  the driver   s end of the    a a  Cees     instrument panel          a         WPR    RDO STR WHL   uum   atte Ae    IGN RDO IGN    Instrument Panel Fuse Block       NOILYWHOJNI HOO 1d ASNA          Remove 
138. eed  When going  downhill  you may have to brake or shift to a lower gear  to keep your speed down  Of course  applying the brake  takes you out of cruise control  Many drivers find this to  be too much trouble and don   t use cruise control on  steep hills     Ending Cruise Control  There are two ways to turn off the cruise control      Step lightly on the brake pedal       Move the cruise switch to OFF     Erasing Speed Memory    When you turn off the cruise control or the ignition   your cruise control set speed memory is erased     2 33    Exterior Lamps                                              O DOME OVERRIDE       Your parking lamp and headlamp switch is on the  driver   s side of your instrument panel     Turn the knob clockwise to the parking lamps symbol to  manually turn on     Parking Lamps    Sidemarker Lamps    e  e     Taillamps    License Plate Lamps  e    Instrument Panel Lights    2 34    Turn the knob clockwise to the master lamp symbol to  turn on all the lamps listed as well as the headlamps     Turn the knob all the way counterclockwise to turn off  your lamps and put the system in auto headlamp mode     Automatic Headlamp System    When it is dark enough outside  your automatic  headlamp system will turn on your headlamps at the  normal brightness along with other lamps such as the  taillamps  sidemarker  parking lamps and the instrument  panel lights  The radio lights will also be dim     Your vehicle is equipped with a light sensor on the top  of t
139. eeded  Check constant  velocity joints and axle seals for leaking   See footnote        Change automatic transmission fluid and filter if the vehicle is mainly driven  under one or more of these conditions                           In heavy city traffic where the outside temperature regularly reaches  90  F  32  C  or higher      Continued     7 39    Long Trip Highway Scheduled Maintenance    90 000 Miles  150 000 km   Continued       In hilly or mountainous terrain       When doing frequent trailer towing       Uses such as found in taxi  police or delivery service     If you do not use your vehicle under any of these conditions  change the fluid  and filter every 50 000 miles  83 000 km      L  Replace fuel filter    An Emission Control Service   See footnote        Replace engine air cleaner filter    An Emission Control Service     Rotate tires  See    Tire Inspection and Rotation    in the Index for proper  rotation pattern and additional information   See footnote        97 500 Miles  162 500 km     Change engine oil and filter  or every 12 months  whichever occurs first    An Emission Control Service     Lubricate chassis components  or every 12 months  whichever occurs first     See footnote       Check rear front axle fluid level and add fluid as needed  Check constant  velocity joints and axle seals for leaking   See footnote        Rotate tires  See    Tire Inspection and Rotation    in the Index for proper  rotation pattern and additional information   See footno
140. eling for  you and your family  Remember  we   re only a   phone call away  Oldsmobile Roadside   Assistance    1 800 442 OLDS  6537      Courtesy Transportation    Oldsmobile has always exemplified quality and value in  its offering of motor vehicles  To enhance your  ownership experience  we and our participating dealers  are proud to offer Courtesy Transportation  a customer  support program for new vehicles     The Courtesy Transportation program is offered to retail  purchase lease customers in conjunction with the  Bumper to Bumper coverage provided by the New  Vehicle Limited Warranty  Several transportation  options are available when warranty repairs are  required  This will reduce your inconvenience during  warranty repairs     Plan Ahead When Possible    When your vehicle requires warranty service  you  should contact your dealer and request an appointment   By scheduling a service appointment and advising your  service consultant of your transportation needs  your  dealer can help minimize your inconvenience  If your  vehicle cannot be scheduled into the service department  immediately  keep driving it until it can be scheduled for  service  unless  of course  the problem is safety related   If it is  please call your dealership  let them know this   and ask for instructions     8 7    If the dealer requests that you simply drop the vehicle  off for service  you are urged to do so as early in the  work day as possible to allow for same day repair     Transportatio
141. ell you what the hazard is  Then  we tell you what to do to help avoid or reduce the  hazard  Please read these cautions  If you don   t  you or  others could be hurt     Viii    You will also find a circle  with a slash through it in  this book  This safety  symbol means    Don   t         Don   t do this    or    Don   t  let this happen        Vehicle Damage Warnings    Also in this book you will find these notices     NOTICE     These mean there is something that could  damage your vehicle        In the notice area  we tell you about something that can  damage your vehicle  Many times  this damage would    not be covered by your warranty  and it could be costly   But the notice will tell you what to do to help avoid  the damage     When you read other manuals  you might see CAUTION  and NOTICE warnings in different colors or in  different words     You ll also see warning labels on your vehicle  They use  the same words  CAUTION or NOTICE     ix    Vehicle Symbols    These are some of the symbols you may find on your vehicle     For example   these symbols  are used on an  original battery     CAUTION  POSSIBLE  INJURY    PROTECT  EYES BY  SHIELDING    CAUSTIC  BATTERY  ACID COULD  CAUSE  BURNS    AVOID  SPARKS OR  FLAMES    SPARK OR  FLAME  COULD   EXPLODE  BATTERY    These symbols  are important  for you and  your passengers  whenever your  vehicle is  driven     DOOR LOCK  UNLOCK    FASTEN  SEAT  BELTS    PowER GA  winpow          MASTER  LIGHTING      TURN  SIGNALS   
142. enger car tires must meet under the  Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No  109   Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance  on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum  required by law     Warning  The temperature grade for this tire is  established for a tire that is properly inflated and not  overloaded  Excessive speed  underinflation  or  excessive loading  either separately or in combination   can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure     Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance    The wheels on your vehicle were aligned and balanced  carefully at the factory to give you the longest tire life  and best overall performance     Scheduled wheel alignment and wheel balancing are not  needed  However  if you notice unusual tire wear or  your vehicle pulling one way or the other  the alignment  may need to be reset  If you notice your vehicle  vibrating when driving on a smooth road  your wheels  may need to be rebalanced     Wheel Replacement    Replace any wheel that is bent  cracked  or badly rusted  or corroded  If wheel nuts keep coming loose  the wheel   wheel bolts and wheel nuts should be replaced  If the  wheel leaks air  replace it  except some aluminum  wheels  which can sometimes be repaired   See your  dealer if any of these conditions exist     Your dealer will know the kind of wheel you need   Each new wheel should have the same load carrying  capacity  diameter  width  offset and be mounted the  same way as the one it replaces    If you need to
143. ent another transmitter from unlocking your vehicle   If a transmitter is lost or stolen  a replacement can be  purchased through your dealer  Remember to bring any  remaining transmitters with you when you go to your  dealer  When the dealer matches the replacement  transmitter to your vehicle  any remaining transmitters  must also be matched  Once your dealer has coded the  new transmitter  the lost transmitter will not unlock your  vehicle  Each vehicle can have only four transmitters  matched to it     Battery Replacement    Under normal use  the battery in your transmitter should  last about two years     You can tell the battery is weak if the transmitter won   t  work at the normal range in any location  If you have to  get close to your vehicle before the transmitter works   it   s probably time to change the battery     NOTICE     When replacing the battery  use care not to touch    any of the circuitry  Static from your body  transferred to these surfaces may damage  the transmitter     To replace the battery in the keyless entry transmitter           1  Insert a dime in the slot between the covers of the  transmitter housing near the key ring hole  Remove  the bottom by twisting the dime     2  Remove and replace the battery with a three volt  CR2032 or equivalent battery  positive     side up     3  Align the covers and snap them together   4  Resynchronize the transmitter     5  Check the operation of the transmitter     Resynchronization    Resynchronization may
144. equent lubrication may be required for  off paved road use     Short Trip City Scheduled Maintenance    3 000 Miles  5 000 km     Change engine oil and filter  or every 3 months  whichever occurs first    An Emission Control Service                  See footnote        Check rear front axle fluid level and add fluid as needed  Check constant  velocity joints and axle seals for leaking   See footnote         6 000 Miles  10 000 km     Change engine oil and filter  or every 3 months  whichever occurs first    An Emission Control Service                              See footnote       Check rear front axle fluid level and add fluid as needed  Check constant  velocity joints and axle seals for leaking   See footnote        Rotate tires  See    Tire Inspection and Rotation    in the Index for proper  rotation pattern and additional information   See footnote                          Lubricate chassis components  or every 3 months  whichever occurs first      Lubricate chassis components  or every 3 months  whichever occurs first      DATE  ACTUAL  MILEAGE SERVICED BY     DATE  ACTUAL  MILEAGE SERVICED BY        7 9    Short Trip City Scheduled Maintenance    9 000 Miles  15 000 km   a ooo       Change engine oil and filter  or every 3 months  whichever occurs first    An Emission Control Service     Lubricate chassis components  or every 3 months  whichever occurs first     See footnote        Check rear front axle fluid level and add fluid as needed  Check constant  velocity join
145. er as  overloaded tires  The resulting accident    could cause serious injury  Check all tires  frequently to maintain the recommended  pressure  Tire pressure should be checked  when your tires are cold    Overinflated tires are more likely to be  cut  punctured or broken by a sudden  impact    such as when you hit a pothole   Keep tires at the recommended pressure   Worn  old tires can cause accidents  If your  tread is badly worn  or if your tires have  been damaged  replace them     Too much flexing  Too much heat  Tire overloading  Bad wear   Bad handling   Bad fuel economy     NOTICE   Continued        6 37    NOTICE   Continued     If your tires have too much air  overinflation    you can get the following       Unusual wear      Bad handling     Rough ride     Needless damage from road hazards     When to Check    Check your tires once a month or more  Also   check the tire pressure of the spare tire     How to Check    Use a good quality pocket type gage to check tire  pressure  You can   t tell if your tires are properly inflated  simply by looking at them  Radial tires may look  properly inflated even when they   re underinflated     Be sure to put the valve caps back on the valve stems   They help prevent leaks by keeping out dirt  and moisture     6 38       Tire Inspection and Rotation    Tires should be rotated every 6 000 to 8 000 miles   10 000 to 13 000 km   Any time you notice unusual  wear  rotate your tires as soon as possible and check  wheel alignment  
146. er every 50 000 miles  83 000 km                        Inspect engine air cleaner filter if you are driving in dusty conditions   Replace filter if necessary   An Emission Control Service   See footnote        Check rear front axle fluid level and add fluid as needed  Check constant    velocity joints and axle seals for leaking   See footnote         7 23    Short Trip City Scheduled Maintenance    78 000 Miles  130 000 km     Change engine oil and filter  or every 3 months  whichever occurs first    An Emission Control Service                  See footnote        Check rear front axle fluid level and add fluid as needed  Check constant  velocity joints and axle seals for leaking   See footnote         Rotate tires  See    Tire Inspection and Rotation    in the Index for proper  rotation pattern and additional information   See footnote        81 000 Miles  135 000 km     Change engine oil and filter  or every 3 months  whichever occurs first    An Emission Control Service                                    See footnote        Check rear front axle fluid level and add fluid as needed  Check constant  velocity joints and axle seals for leaking   See footnote                     7 24    Lubricate chassis components  or every 3 months  whichever occurs first      Lubricate chassis components  or every 3 months  whichever occurs first      DATE  ACTUAL  MILEAGE SERVICED BY     DATE  ACTUAL  MILEAGE SERVICED BY        Short Trip City Scheduled Maintenance    84 000 Miles  140 000
147. et the locks from inside  Then get out and  close the door     Keyless Entry System    If your vehicle has this feature  you can lock and unlock  your doors from about 3 feet  1 m  up to 30 feet 9 m   away using the remote keyless entry transmitter supplied  with your vehicle     Your keyless entry system operates on a radio frequency  subject to Federal Communications Commission  FCC   Rules and with Industry Canada     This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules   Operation is subject to the following two conditions    1  this device may not cause harmful interference   and  2  this device must accept any interference  received  including interference that may cause  undesired operation     This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada   Operation is subject to the following two conditions     1  this device may not cause interference  and  2  this  device must accept any interference received  including  interference that may cause undesired operation of   the device     2 6    Changes or modifications to this system by other than an  authorized service facility could void authorization to  use this equipment     At times you may notice a decrease in range  This is  normal for any remote keyless entry system  If the  transmitter does not work or if you have to stand closer  to your vehicle for the transmitter to work  try this        Check the distance  You may be too far from your  vehicle  You may need to stand closer during rainy  or snowy weather       Ch
148. ets you see your speed in both miles  per hour  mph  and kilometers per hour  km h      Your odometer shows how far your vehicle has been  driven  in miles     The odometer mileage can be checked without the  vehicle running  Simply press the trip odometer button     You may wonder what happens if your vehicle needs a  new odometer installed  If the new one can be set to the  mileage total of the old odometer  then it must be  But if  it can   t  then it   s set at zero  and a label must be put on  the driver   s door to show the old mileage reading when  the new odometer was installed     Trip Odometer    The trip odometer can tell you how far your vehicle has  been driven since you last set the trip odometer to zero     To view the trip odometer  press the button near the  readout  To reset the trip odometer  press the button until  it clears     Tachometer    The tachometer displays the engine speed in revolutions  per minute  rpm      The tachometer has three areas  normal operating range   red warning range and red danger range     The normal operating range shows your engine speed  during normal driving conditions  For example  when  the needle points to 2  it means the engine is running at  2 000 revolutions per minute  rpm   The tachometer  needle will vary all the time that the engine is running     The shaded red warning range tells you that your engine  speed is reaching its upper limits  Don   t drive very long  with the tachometer in the red warning range  Lift y
149. eze the belt  edges together so that you can take them out from the  guides  Pull the guide upward to expose its storage clip   and then slide the guide onto the clip  Rotate the guide and  clip inward and in between the seatback and the interior  body  leaving only the loop of elastic cord exposed     1 33    Center Rear Passenger Position Lap Belt                      When you sit in the center rear seating position  you  have a lap safety belt which has a retractor     1  Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt across you   Don   t let it get twisted     2  Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks   Pull up on the latch plate to make sure it is secure     3  Feed the lap belt into the retractor to tighten it   1 34       4  Position and release it the same way as the lap part  of a lap shoulder belt     If the belt isn   t long enough  see    Safety Belt  Extender    at the end of this section  Make sure the  release button on the buckle is positioned so you  would be able to unbuckle the safety belt quickly if  you ever had to     Children    Everyone in a vehicle needs protection  That includes  infants and all children smaller than adult size  Neither  the distance traveled nor the age and size of the traveler  changes the need  for everyone  to use safety restraints   In fact  the law in every state in the United States and in  every Canadian province says children up to some age  must be restrained while in a vehicle     Smaller Children and Babies    Ch
150. f the  child is sitting in a rear seat outside position  see     Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides    in the Index    If the child is so small that the shoulder belt is still  very close to the child   s face or neck  you might  want to place the child in a seat that has a lap belt   if your vehicle has one        1 50    Never do this     Here a child is sitting in a seat that has a  lap shoulder belt  but the shoulder part is behind    the child  If the child wears the belt in this way  in  a crash the child might slide under the belt  The  belt   s force would then be applied right on the  child   s abdomen  That could cause serious or  fatal injuries        Wherever the child sits  the lap portion of the belt  should be worn low and snug on the hips  just touching  the child   s thighs  This applies belt force to the child   s  pelvic bones in a crash     1 51    Safety Belt Extender    If the vehicle   s safety belt will fasten around you  you  should use it     But if a safety belt isn   t long enough to fasten  your  dealer will order you an extender  It   s free  When you go  in to order it  take the heaviest coat you will wear  so the  extender will be long enough for you  The extender will  be just for you  and just for the seat in your vehicle that  you choose  Don   t let someone else use it  and use it  only for the seat it is made to fit  To wear it  just attach it  to the regular safety belt     Checking Your Restraint Systems    Now and then  make sure the safet
151. f the air bag modules inside the  steering wheel and in the instrument panel in front of the  right front passenger     How does an air bag restrain     In moderate to severe frontal or near frontal collisions   even belted occupants can contact the steering wheel or  the instrument panel  Air bags supplement the protection  provided by safety belts  Air bags distribute the force of  the impact more evenly over the occupant   s upper body   stopping the occupant more gradually  But air bags  would not help you in many types of collisions   including rollovers  rear impacts and side impacts   primarily because an occupant   s motion is not toward  those air bags  Air bags should never be regarded as  anything more than a supplement to safety belts    and then only in moderate to severe frontal or  near frontal collisions     What will you see after an air bag inflates     After an air bag inflates  it quickly deflates  so quickly that  some people may not even realize the air bag inflated   Some components of the air bag module    the steering  wheel hub for the driver   s air bag  or the instrument panel  for the right front passenger   s bag    will be hot for a short  time  The parts of the bag that come into contact with you  may be warm  but not too hot to touch  There will be  some smoke and dust coming from vents in the deflated  air bags  Air bag inflation doesn   t prevent the driver from  seeing or from being able to steer the vehicle  nor does it  stop people from l
152. f the air cleaner filter is off  a backfire can cause    a damaging engine fire  And  dirt can easily   get into your engine  which will damage it    3  Insert a new air filter  then replace the air Always have the air cleaner filter in place when  cleaner cover  you   re driving     4  Tighten the fasteners to hold the cover in place     2  Remove the cover and lift out the air filter        Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine when to  replace the air filter     See    Scheduled Maintenance Services    in the Index     6 15    Automatic Transmission Fluid  When to Check and Change    A good time to check your automatic transmission fluid  level is when the engine oil is changed     Change both the fluid and filter every 15 000 miles   25 000 km  if the vehicle is mainly driven under one or  more of these conditions       In heavy city traffic where the outside temperature  regularly reaches 90  F  32  C  or higher       In hilly or mountainous terrain       When doing frequent trailer towing       Uses such as found in taxi  police or delivery service     If you do not use your vehicle under any of these  conditions  change the fluid and filter every  50 000 miles  83 000 km      See    Scheduled Maintenance Services    in the Index     6 16    How to Check    Because this operation can be a little difficult  you  may choose to have this done at the dealership  service department     If you do it yourself  be sure to follow all the instructions  here  or you could
153. fluid and filter if the vehicle is mainly driven  under one or more of these conditions                              In heavy city traffic where the outside temperature regularly reaches  90  F  32  C  or higher        In hilly or mountainous terrain        When doing frequent trailer towing        Uses such as found in taxi  police or delivery service    If you do not use your vehicle under any of these conditions  change the fluid   and filter every 50 000 miles  83 000 km     Replace fuel filter    An Emission Control Service   See footnote       Replace engine air cleaner filter    An Emission Control Service                          Rotate tires  See    Tire Inspection and Rotation    in the Index for proper  rotation pattern and additional information   See footnote        7 26       Short Trip City Scheduled Maintenance    93 000 Miles  155 000 km     Change engine oil and filter  or every 3 months  whichever occurs first    An Emission Control Service                  See footnote        Check rear front axle fluid level and add fluid as needed  Check constant  velocity joints and axle seals for leaking   See footnote         96 000 Miles  160 000 km     Change engine oil and filter  or every 3 months  whichever occurs first    An Emission Control Service                              See footnote       Check rear front axle fluid level and add fluid as needed  Check constant  velocity joints and axle seals for leaking   See footnote        Rotate tires  See    Tire In
154. from your dealer    See    Appearance Care and Materials    in the Index      Here are some cleaning tips     Always read the instructions on the cleaner label   Clean up stains as soon as you can    before they set   Carefully scrape off any excess stain     Use a clean cloth or sponge  and change to a clean area  often  A soft brush may be used if stains are stubborn     If a ring forms on fabric after spot cleaning  clean the  entire area immediately or it will set     Using Multi Purpose Interior Cleaner  on Fabric    l   2     Vacuum and brush the area to remove any loose dirt     Always clean a whole trim panel or section   Mask surrounding trim along stitch or welt lines     Mix powdered cleaner following the directions on  the container label to form thick suds     Use suds only and apply with a clean sponge   Don   t saturate the material and don   t rub it roughly     As soon as you ve cleaned the section  use a sponge  to remove the suds     Wipe cleaned area with a clean  damp towel or cloth     Wipe with a clean cloth and let dry     6 45    Special Fabric Cleaning Problems    Stains caused by such things as catsup  coffee  black    egg  fruit  fruit juice  milk  soft drinks  vomit  urine and  blood can be removed as follows     1  Carefully scrape off excess stain  then sponge the  soiled area with cool water     2  Ifa stain remains  follow the multi purpose interior  cleaner instructions described earlier     3  If an odor lingers after cleaning vomit or urine
155. ftglass can be opened  using the pushbutton on the  liftgate after the driver   s  door has been opened using  either the power lock  system or the remote  keyless entry system          To open the entire liftgate  unlock the doors using either  the power door lock system or the keyless entry system  and lift the handle located in the center of the liftgate     Remote Liftglass Release    This button on the  passenger   s side of the  steering column allows you  to release the liftglass from  inside the vehicle        Your shift lever must be in PARK  P  or NEUTRAL  N   for the release to work     Theft    Vehicle theft is big business  especially in some cities   Although your vehicle has a number of theft deterrent  features  we know that nothing we put on it can make  it impossible to steal  However  there are ways you  can help     2 10    Key in the Ignition    If you leave your vehicle with the keys inside  it   s an  easy target for joy riders or professional thieves    so  don   t do it     When you park your vehicle and open the driver   s door   you ll hear a tone reminding you to remove your key from  the ignition and take it with you  Always do this  Your  steering wheel will be locked  and so will your ignition  and transmission  Also remember to lock the doors     Parking at Night    Park in a lighted spot  close all windows and lock your  vehicle  Remember to keep your valuables out of sight   Put them in a storage area  or take them with you     Parking Lots  
156. g equipment you   ll need is stored along the  driver   s side inner rear quarter panel  Your vehicle is  also equipped with work gloves and a plastic ground  mat to assist in the changing of a flat tire     5 20       To remove the jack cover   pull up on the latch es  on  the cover  Remove the     wheel blocks  jack and  wheel wrench     The spare tire is stored under the vehicle     NOTICE     Never remove or restow a tire from to a stowage  position under the vehicle while the vehicle is  supported by a jack  Always tighten the tire  fully against the underside of the vehicle   when restowing        To remove the spare  insert  the chisel end of the wheel  wrench  on an angle  into  the hole in the rear bumper   Be sure the chisel end of the  wheel wrench connects into  the hoist shaft        Turn the wheel wrench counterclockwise to lower the  spare tire  Keep turning the wheel wrench until the spare  tire can be pulled out from under the vehicle     When the tire has been completely lowered  tilt the  retainer at the end of the cable and pull it through the  wheel opening  Pull the tire out from under the vehicle     NOTICE     To help avoid vehicle damage  do not drive the  vehicle before the cable is restored        Put the spare tire near the flat tire        The tools you   ll be using include the jack  A   and the    wheel wrench  B      5 21       Position the chisel end of your wheel wrench in the  notch of the hub cap and pry off the hub cap     5 22    Removing
157. g flushed   Your dealer or an underbody car washing system can do  this for you     Chemical Paint Spotting    Some weather and atmospheric conditions can create a  chemical fallout  Airborne pollutants can fall upon and  attack painted surfaces on your vehicle  This damage  can take two forms  blotchy  ringlet shaped  discolorations  and small irregular dark spots etched into  the paint surface     Although no defect in the paint job causes this   Oldsmobile will repair  at no charge to the owner  the  surfaces of new vehicles damaged by this fallout  condition within 12 months or 12 000 miles  20 000 km   of purchase  whichever occurs first     6 51    GM Vehicle Care Appearance Materials    1052918   8 oz   0 237 L  or All    Protectant Protects leather  wood  acrylics  Plexiglas       plastic   rubber and vinyl  1052925 16 oz   0 473 L  Multi Purpose Interior Cleans carpets  seats  interior trim  door panels  Cleaner and floor mats    See your General Motors Parts Department for these products    For exterior use only   See    Recommended Fluids and Lubricants    in the Index     Not recommended for use on instrument panels        6 52    Vehicle Identification Number  VIN     Eg SAMPLE4UXYM072675  au     20004 m ASSEMBLY    MODEL YEAR PLANT       ENGINE  CODE    This is the legal identifier for your vehicle  It appears on  a plate in the front corner of the instrument panel  on the  driver   s side  You can see it if you look through the  windshield from outside your veh
158. g is very dangerous   Your reflexes  perceptions  attentiveness and  judgment can be affected by even a small amount    of alcohol  You can have a serious    or even   fatal    collision if you drive after drinking   Please don   t drink and drive or ride with a driver  who has been drinking  Ride home in a cab  or if  you   re with a group  designate a driver who will  not drink        Control of a Vehicle    You have three systems that make your vehicle go where  you want it to go  They are the brakes  the steering and  the accelerator  All three systems have to do their work  at the places where the tires meet the road        Sometimes  as when you   re driving on snow or ice  it   s  easy to ask more of those control systems than the tires  and road can provide  That means you can lose control  of your vehicle     Braking    Braking action involves perception time and  reaction time     First  you have to decide to push on the brake pedal   That   s perception time  Then you have to bring up your  foot and do it  That   s reaction time     Average reaction time is about 3 4 of a second  But  that   s only an average  It might be less with one driver  and as long as two or three seconds or more with  another  Age  physical condition  alertness  coordination  and eyesight all play a part  So do alcohol  drugs and  frustration  But even in 3 4 of a second  a vehicle  moving at 60 mph  100 km h  travels 66 feet  20 m    That could be a lot of distance in an emergency  so  kee
159. ges in the  product after that time without further notice     Please keep this manual in your vehicle  so it will be  there if you ever need it when you   re on the road  If you  sell the vehicle  please leave this manual in it so the new  owner can use it           AS     CERTIFIED    WE SUPPORT  VOLUNTARY TECHNICIAN  CERTIFICATION THROUGH    National Institute for  AUTOMOTIVE  SERVICE  EXCELLENCE          S    We support voluntary  technician certification     4 Door Utility          About Driving Your Vehicle    As with other vehicles of this type  failure to operate  this vehicle correctly may result in loss of control or   an accident  Be sure to read the    on pavement    and     off road    driving guidelines in this manual   See    Your  Driving  the Road and Your Vehicle    and    Operating  Your Vehicle Off Paved Roads    in the Index      How to Use this Manual    Many people read their owner   s manual from beginning  to end when they first receive their new vehicle  If you  do this  it will help you learn about the features and  controls for your vehicle  In this manual  you   ll find  that pictures and words work together to explain   things quickly     vii    Safety Warnings and Symbols    You will find a number of safety cautions in this book   We use a box and the word CAUTION to tell you  about things that could hurt you if you were to ignore  the warning     These mean there is something that could hurt  you or other people        In the caution area  we t
160. ging  weather  and chemical fallout that can take their toll over a period  of years  You can help to keep the paint finish looking  new by keeping your vehicle garaged or covered  whenever possible     Protecting Exterior Bright Metal Parts    Bright metal parts should be cleaned regularly to keep  their luster  Washing with water is all that is usually  needed  However  you may use chrome polish on  chrome or stainless steel trim  if necessary     Use special care with aluminum trim  To avoid  damaging protective trim  never use auto or chrome  polish  steam or caustic soap to clean aluminum  A  coating of wax  rubbed to high polish  is recommended  for all bright metal parts     6 49    Cleaning Aluminum Wheels    Keep your wheels clean using a soft clean cloth with  mild soap and water  Rinse with clean water  After  rinsing thoroughly  dry with a soft clean towel    A wax may then be applied     The surface of these wheels is similar to the painted  surface of your vehicle  Don   t use strong soaps   chemicals  abrasive polishes  abrasive cleaners  cleaners  with acid or abrasive cleaning brushes on them because  you could damage the surface  Do not use chrome polish  on any wheels other than chrome plated wheels     Don   t take your vehicle through an automatic car wash  that has silicon carbide tire cleaning brushes  These  brushes can also damage the surface of these wheels     6 50    Cleaning Tires    To clean your tires  use a stiff brush with a tire cleaner     N
161. gs invisible     You can be temporarily blinded by approaching  headlamps  It can take a second or two  or even several  seconds  for your eyes to readjust to the dark    When you are faced with severe glare  as from a driver  who doesn   t lower the high beams  or a vehicle with  misaimed headlamps   slow down a little  Avoid staring  directly into the approaching headlamps     Keep your windshield and all the glass on your vehicle  clean    inside and out  Glare at night is made much  worse by dirt on the glass  Even the inside of the glass  can build up a film caused by dust  Dirty glass makes  lights dazzle and flash more than clean glass would   making the pupils of your eyes contract repeatedly     Remember that your headlamps light up far less of a  roadway when you are in a turn or curve  Keep your  eyes moving  that way  it   s easier to pick out dimly  lighted objects  Just as your headlamps should be  checked regularly for proper aim  so should your eyes  be examined regularly  Some drivers suffer from night  blindness    the inability to see in dim light    and  aren   t even aware of it     4 29    Driving in Rain and on Wet Roads Rain and wet roads can mean driving trouble  On a wet    TT  Lin LL   My Wh    road  you can   t stop  accelerate or turn as well because  your tire to road traction isn   t as good as on dry roads   And  if your tires don   t have much tread left  you   ll get  even less traction  It   s always wise to go slower and be  cautious if rai
162. h open fires  where permitted    camp stoves and lanterns       Never park your vehicle over dry grass or other  combustible materials that could catch fire from the  heat of the vehicle   s exhaust system     Traveling to Remote Areas    It makes sense to plan your trip  especially when going  to a remote area  Know the terrain and plan your route   You are much less likely to get bad surprises  Get  accurate maps of trails and terrain  Try to learn of any  blocked or closed roads     It   s also a good idea to travel with at least one other  vehicle  If something happens to one of them  the other  can help quickly     Getting Familiar with Off Road Driving    It   s a good idea to practice in an area that   s safe and  close to home before you go into the wilderness   Off road driving does require some new and different  driving skills  Here   s what we mean     Tune your senses to different kinds of signals  Your  eyes  for example  need to constantly sweep the terrain  for unexpected obstacles  Your ears need to listen for  unusual tire or engine sounds  With your arms  hands   feet and body  you   ll need to respond to vibrations and  vehicle bounce     4 17    Controlling your vehicle is the key to successful  off road driving  One of the best ways to control your  vehicle is to control your speed  Here are some things to  keep in mind  At higher speeds       you approach things faster and you have less time to  scan the terrain for obstacles       you have less time to
163. hanger    To change the headlamps from low to high beam or high  to low beam  pull the multifunction lever all the way  toward you  Then release it     When the high beams are  on  this indicator light on  the instrument panel cluster  will also be on     Flash to Pass Feature    This feature lets you use your high beam headlamps to  signal a driver in front of you that you want to pass    It works even if your headlamps are in the   automatic position     To use it  pull the turn signal lever toward you  but not  so far that you hear a click     If your headlamps are in the automatic position or on  low beam  your high beam headlamps will turn on   They   ll stay on as long as you hold the lever toward you  and the high beam indicator on the instrument panel  cluster will come on  Release the lever to return to  normal operation     Windshield Wipers       You control the windshield wipers by turning the band  with the wiper symbol on it     For a single wiping cycle  turn the band to MIST  Hold  it there until the wipers start  then let go  The wipers will  stop after one wipe  If you want more wipes  hold the  band on MIST longer     You can set the wiper speed for a long or short delay  between wipes  This can be very useful in light rain or  snow  Turn the band to choose the delay time  The  closer to LO  the shorter the delay     2 29    For steady wiping at low speed  turn the band away  from you to LO  For high speed wiping  turn the band  further  to HI  To stop the 
164. he  vehicle that could keep the air bags from  working properly     A  Yes  If you add things that change your vehicle   s  frame  bumper system  front end sheet metal or  height  they may keep the air bag system from  working properly  Also  the air bag system may not  work properly if you relocate any of the air bag  sensors  If you have any questions about this  you  should contact Customer Assistance before you  modify your vehicle   The phone numbers and  addresses for Customer Assistance are in Step Two  of the Customer Satisfaction Procedure in this  manual  See    Customer Satisfaction Procedure    in  the Index      1 27    Rear Seat Passengers    It   s very important for rear seat passengers to buckle up   Accident statistics show that unbelted people in the rear  seat are hurt more often in crashes than those who are  wearing safety belts     Rear passengers who aren   t safety belted can be thrown  out of the vehicle in a crash  And they can strike others  in the vehicle who are wearing safety belts     Rear Seat Outside Passenger Positions                   1 28       Lap Shoulder Belt    The positions next to the windows have lap shoulder  belts  Here   s how to wear one properly        1  Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt across you   Don   t let it get twisted  The shoulder belt may lock if  you pull the belt across you very quickly  If this  happens  let the belt go back slightly to unlock it   Then pull the belt across you more slowly     2  Push th
165. he fuel lines and cooling  system for any leakage     Your vehicle will require more frequent service due to  off road use  Refer to the Maintenance Schedule for  additional information                                                        Night driving is more dangerous than day driving   One reason is that some drivers are likely to be  impaired    by alcohol or drugs  with night vision  problems  or by fatigue     4 28    Here are some tips on night driving        Drive defensively     Don   t drink and drive     e  Adjust your inside rearview mirror to reduce the  glare from headlamps behind you       Since you can   t see as well  you may need to  slow down and keep more space between you and  other vehicles       Slow down  especially on higher speed roads  Your  headlamps can light up only so much road ahead        Inremote areas  watch for animals        If you   re tired  pull off the road in a safe place  and rest     No one can see as well at night as in the daytime  But as  we get older these differences increase  A 50 year old  driver may require at least twice as much light to see the  same thing at night as a 20 year old     What you do in the daytime can also affect your night  vision  For example  if you spend the day in bright  sunshine you are wise to wear sunglasses  Your eyes will  have less trouble adjusting to night  But if you   re  driving  don   t wear sunglasses at night  They may cut  down on glare from headlamps  but they also make a lot  of thin
166. he instrument panel under the radio speaker grille   Be sure it is not covered or the system will be on  whenever the ignition is on     The system may also turn on your lights when driving  through a parking garage  heavy overcast weather or a  tunnel  This is normal     There is a delay in the transition between the daytime   and nighttime operation of the Daytime Running Lamps   DRL  and the automatic headlamp systems so that  driving under bridges or bright overhead street lights does  not affect the system  The DRL and automatic headlamp  system will only be affected when the light sensor sees a  change in lighting lasting longer than the delay     To idle your vehicle with the automatic headlamp  system off  set the parking brake while the ignition is  off  Then start your vehicle  The automatic headlamp  system will stay off until you release the parking brake     As with any vehicle  you should turn on the regular  headlamp system when you need it     Lamps On Reminder    A reminder tone will sound when your headlamps or  parking lamps are manually turned on  the driver   s door  is open and your ignition is in OFF  LOCK or  ACCESSORY  To turn the tone off  turn the knob all the  way counterclockwise  In the automatic mode  the  headlamps turn off once the ignition key is in OFF     Daytime Running Lamps    Daytime Running Lamps  DRL  can make it easier for  others to see the front of your vehicle during the day   DRL can be helpful in many different driving  conditio
167. he second notch  In this position  the  dome lamps will remain on until they are turned off     You can use the DOME OVERRIDE button  located  below the parking headlamp knob  to set the dome  lamps to come on automatically when a door is opened   or to remain off  To turn the lamps off  press the button  into the    in    position  With the button in this position   the dome lamps will remain off when a door is open  To  return the lamps to automatic operation  press the button  again and return it to the    out    position  With the button  in this position  the dome lamps will come on when you  open a door  This will override the illuminated entry  feature unless you use your keyless entry transmitter to  unlock the vehicle     Battery Run Down Protection    This feature shuts off the dome  courtesy  vanity   reading  glove box and underhood lamps if they are left  on for more than 20 minutes when the ignition is off   This will keep your battery from running down     If the battery run down protection shuts off the interior  lamps  it may be necessary to do one of the following to  return to normal operation        Shut off all lamps and close all doors  or       turn the ignition key to RUN     2 37    Mirrors    Electrochromic Day Night Inside  Rearview Mirror                            This mirror automatically changes to reduce glare from  headlamps behind you  A photocell on the back of the  mirror senses when it is becoming dark outside  Another  photocell built int
168. he water is before you drive through  it  If it   s deep enough to cover your wheel hubs  axles or  exhaust pipe  don   t try it    you probably won   t get  through  Also  water that deep can damage your axle  and other vehicle parts     If the water isn   t too deep  then drive through it slowly   At fast speeds  water splashes on your ignition system  and your vehicle can stall  Stalling can also occur if you  get your tailpipe under water  And  as long as your  tailpipe is under water  you    ll never be able to start your  engine  When you go through water  remember that  when your brakes get wet  it may take you longer   to stop     Driving through rushing water can be dangerous   Deep water can sweep your vehicle downstream    and you and your passengers could drown  If it   s  only shallow water  it can still wash away the  ground from under your tires  and you could lose  traction and roll the vehicle over  Don   t drive  through rushing water        See    Driving Through Water    in the Index for more  information on driving through water     4 27    After Off Road Driving Driving at Night    Remove any brush or debris that has collected on the  underbody  chassis or under the hood  These  accumulations can be a fire hazard     After operation in mud or sand  have the brake linings  cleaned and checked  These substances can cause  glazing and uneven braking  Check the body structure   steering  suspension  wheels  tires and exhaust system  for damage  Also  check t
169. hout damaging your transmission  see     Stuck In Sand  Mud  Ice or Snow    in the Index     2 18    NEUTRAL  N   In this position  your engine doesn   t  connect with the wheels  To restart when you   re already  moving  use NEUTRAL  N  only     Shifting out of PARK  P  or NEUTRAL  N  while  your engine is    racing     running at high speed  is    dangerous  Unless your foot is firmly on the  brake pedal  your vehicle could move very  rapidly  You could lose control and hit people or  objects  Don   t shift out of PARK  P  or  NEUTRAL  N  while your engine is racing        NOTICE     Damage to your transmission caused by shifting  out of PARK  P  or NEUTRAL  N  with the  engine racing isn   t covered by your warranty        DRIVE  D   This position is for normal driving  If you  need more power for passing  and you    re       Going less than about 35 mph  55 km h   push your  accelerator pedal about halfway down       Going about 35 mph  55 km h  or more  push the  accelerator all the way down     You ll shift down to the next gear and have more power     DRIVE  D  should not be used when towing a trailer   carrying a heavy load  driving on steep hills or for  off road driving  Select THIRD  3  when operating the  vehicle under any of these conditions     THIRD  3   This position is also used for normal  driving  however it offers more power but lower fuel  economy than DRIVE  D   You should use THIRD  3   when towing a trailer  carrying a heavy load  driving on  steep hil
170. icle  The VIN also  appears on the Vehicle Certification and Service Parts  labels and the certificates of title and registration     Engine Identification    The 8th character in your VIN is the engine code   This code will help you identify your engine   specifications and replacement parts     Service Parts Identification Label    You ll find this label on the inside of the glove box   It   s very helpful if you ever need to order parts   On this label is       your VIN      the model designation      paint information and  e    a list of all production options and  special equipment     Be sure that this label is not removed from the vehicle     6 53    Electrical System  Add On Electrical Equipment    NOTICE     Don   t add anything electrical to your vehicle  unless you check with your dealer first  Some    electrical equipment can damage your vehicle  and the damage wouldn   t be covered by your  warranty  Some add on electrical equipment can  keep other components from working as   they should     Your vehicle has an air bag system  Before attempting to  add anything electrical to your vehicle  see    Servicing  Your Air Bag Equipped Vehicle    in the Index     Headlamps    The headlamp wiring is protected by an internal circuit  breaker  An electrical overload will cause the lamps to  go on and off  or in some cases to remain off    If this happens  have your headlamp wiring checked  right away     6 54       Windshield Wipers    The windshield wiper motor is protect
171. icle Towing    Your vehicle was not designed to be towed with all four  wheels on the ground  If your vehicle must be towed   see    Towing Your Vehicle    in the Index     NOTICE     Towing your vehicle with all four wheels on the  ground will damage drivetrain components        4 41    Loading Your Vehicle    GAWR FRT  Cc     RIM COLD TIRE PRESSURE          Cc   Co       The Certification Tire label is found on the driver   s door  edge  above the door latch  The label shows the size of  your original tires and the inflation pressures needed to  obtain the gross weight capacity of your vehicle  This is  called the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating  GVWR   The  GVWR includes the weight of the vehicle  all occupants   fuel  cargo and trailer tongue weight  if pulling a trailer     4 42    The Certification Tire label also tells you the maximum  weights for the front and rear axles  called Gross Axle  Weight Rating  GAWR   To find out the actual loads on  your front and rear axles  you need to go to a weigh  station and weigh your vehicle  Your dealer can help  you with this  Be sure to spread out your load equally on  both sides of the centerline     Never exceed the GVWR for your vehicle  or the  GAWR for either the front or rear axle     If you do have a heavy load  you should spread it out     Similar appearing vehicles may have different GVWR   s  and payloads  Please note your vehicle   s  Certification Tire label or consult your dealer for  additional details     Do not load 
172. if the shift lever is not fully in PARK  P     with the parking brake firmly set  And  if you  leave the vehicle with the engine running  it could  overheat and even catch fire  You or others could  be injured  Don   t leave your vehicle with the  engine running unless you have to        If you have to leave your vehicle with the engine  running  be sure your vehicle is in PARK  P  and your  parking brake is firmly set before you leave it  After  you    ve moved the shift lever into PARK  P   hold the  regular brake pedal down  Then  see if you can move the  shift lever away from PARK  P  without first pressing  the button on the console shift lever  If you can  it means  that the shift lever wasn   t fully locked into PARK  P      2 22    Torque Lock    If you are parking on a hill and you don   t shift your  transmission into PARK  P  properly  the weight of the  vehicle may put too much force on the parking pawl in  the transmission  You may find it difficult to pull the  shift lever out of PARK  P   This is called    torque lock      To prevent torque lock  set the parking brake and then  shift into PARK  P  properly before you leave the  driver   s seat  To find out how  see    Shifting Into   PARK  P     in the Index     When you are ready to drive  move the shift lever out of  PARK  P  before you release the parking brake     If torque lock does occur  you may need to have another  vehicle push yours a little uphill to take some of the  pressure from the parking pawl i
173. ildren who are up against  or very close to  any  air bag when it inflates can be seriously injured  or killed  Air bags plus lap shoulder belts offer  the best protection for adults  but not for young    children and infants  Neither the vehicle   s safety  belt system nor its air bag system is designed for  them  Young children and infants need the  protection that a child restraint system can  provide  Always secure children properly in  your vehicle        1 35    Smaller children and babies should always be  restrained in a child or infant restraint  The  instructions for the restraint will say whether it is  the right type and size for your child  A very  young child   s hip bones are so small that a    regular belt might not stay low on the hips  as it  should  Instead  the belt will likely be over the  child   s abdomen  In a crash  the belt would apply  force right on the child   s abdomen  which could  cause serious or fatal injuries  So  be sure that  any child small enough for one is always properly  restrained in a child or infant restraint     1 36       Infants need complete support  including support for the  head and neck  This is necessary because an infant   s  neck is weak and its head weighs so much compared  with the rest of its body  In a frontal crash  an infant in a  rear facing restraint settles into the restraint  so the crash  forces can be distributed across the strongest part of the  infant   s body  the back and shoulders  A baby should be  secu
174. imum age requirements  insurance coverage  credit  card  etc  You are responsible for fuel usage charges and  may also be responsible for taxes  levies  usage fees   excessive mileage or rental usage beyond the  completion of the repair     Generally it is not possible to provide a like vehicle as a  courtesy rental     Additional Program Information    Courtesy Transportation is available during the  Bumper to Bumper warranty coverage period    but it is not part of the New Vehicle Limited  Warranty  A separate booklet entitled    Warranty and  Owner Assistance Information    furnished with each  new vehicle provides detailed warranty   coverage information     Courtesy Transportation is available only at  participating dealers and all program options  such as  shuttle service  may not be available at every dealer   Please contact your dealer for specific information about  availability  All Courtesy Transportation arrangements  will be administered by appropriate dealer personnel     Canadian Vehicles  For warranty repairs during the  Complete Vehicle Coverage period of the General  Motors of Canada New Vehicle Limited Warranty   alternative transportation may be available under the  Courtesy Transportation Program  Please consult your  dealer for details     General Motors reserves the right to unilaterally modify   change or discontinue Courtesy Transportation at any  time and to resolve all questions of claim eligibility  pursuant to the terms and conditions described he
175. in its original place  Wrap the harness together  and tie it neatly so it won   t be damaged     Za  Section 5 Problems on the Road       Here you   ll find what to do about some problems that can occur on the road     5 2 Hazard Warning Flashers 5 11 Cooling System   5 3 Other Warning Devices 5 19 If a Tire Goes Flat   5 3 Jump Starting 5 19 Changing a Flat Tire   5 8 Towing Your Vehicle 5 29 If You   re Stuck In Sand  Mud  Ice or Snow  5 8 Engine Overheating    5 1    Hazard Warning Flashers       Your hazard warning flashers let you warn others  They  also let police know you have a problem  Your front and  rear turn signal lamps will flash on and off        Press the button on top of  the steering column all the  way down to make your  front and rear turn signal  lamps flash on and off     Your hazard warning flashers work no matter what  position your key is in  and even if the key isn   t in   To turn off the flashers  press the button until the first  click and release     When the hazard warning flashers are on  your turn  signals won   t work  The flashers will stop if you step on  the brake     Other Warning Devices    If you carry reflective triangles  you can set one up at  the side of the road about 300 feet  100 m  behind  your vehicle     Jump Starting    If your battery has run down  you may want to use  another vehicle and some jumper cables to start your  vehicle  But please use the following steps to do   it safely     Batteries can hurt you  They can be  d
176. in this part are inspections and services which  should be performed at least twice a year  for instance   each spring and fall   You should let your dealer    s  service department or other qualified service center do  these jobs  Make sure any necessary repairs are  completed at once     Proper procedures to perform these services may be  found in a service manual  See    Service and Owner  Publications    in the Index     Steering  Suspension and Front Drive Axle  Boot and Seal Inspection    Inspect the front and rear suspension and steering  system for damaged  loose or missing parts  signs of  wear or lack of lubrication  Inspect the power steering  lines and hoses for proper hook up  binding  leaks   cracks  chafing  etc  Clean and then inspect the drive  axle boot seals for damage  tears or leakage  Replace  seals if necessary     7 46    Exhaust System Inspection    Inspect the complete exhaust system  Inspect the body  near the exhaust system  Look for broken  damaged   missing or out of position parts as well as open seams   holes  loose connections or other conditions which could  cause a heat build up in the floor pan or could let  exhaust fumes into the vehicle  See    Engine Exhaust    in  the Index     Engine Cooling System Inspection    Inspect the hoses and have them replaced if they are  cracked  swollen or deteriorated  Inspect all pipes   fittings and clamps  replace as needed  Clean the outside  of the radiator and air conditioning condenser  To help  ens
177. including utility vehicles     Defensive Driving    The best advice anyone can give about driving is   Drive defensively     Please start with a very important safety device in your  vehicle  Buckle up   See    Safety Belts    in the Index    Defensive driving really means    be ready for anything      On city streets  rural roads or freeways  it means     always expect the unexpected        Assume that pedestrians or other drivers are going to be  careless and make mistakes  Anticipate what they might  do  Be ready for their mistakes     Rear end collisions are about the most preventable of  accidents  Yet they are common  Allow enough  following distance  It   s the best defensive driving  maneuver  in both city and rural driving  You never  know when the vehicle in front of you is going to brake  or turn suddenly    Defensive driving requires that a driver concentrate on the  driving task  Anything that distracts from the driving   task    such as concentrating on a cellular telephone call   reading  or reaching for something on the floor    makes  proper defensive driving more difficult and can even cause  a collision  with resulting injury  Ask a passenger to help  do things like this  or pull off the road in a safe place to do  them yourself  These simple defensive driving techniques  could save your life     4 3    Drunken Driving    Death and injury associated with drinking and driving is  a national tragedy  It   s the number one contributor to the  highway death tol
178. ing Across an Incline    Sooner or later  an off road trail will probably go across    the incline of a hill  If this happens  you have to decide    whether to try to drive across the incline  Here are some    things to consider     4 24    A hill that can be driven straight up or down may be  too steep to drive across  When you go straight up or  down a hill  the length of the wheel base  the  distance from the front wheels to the rear wheels   reduces the likelihood the vehicle will tumble end  over end  But when you drive across an incline  the  much more narrow track width  the distance between  the left and right wheels  may not prevent the vehicle  from tilting and rolling over  Also  driving across an  incline puts more weight on the downhill wheels   This could cause a downhill slide or a rollover     Surface conditions can be a problem when you drive  across a hill  Loose gravel  muddy spots  or even wet  grass can cause your tires to slip sideways  downhill   If the vehicle slips sideways  it can hit something  that will trip it  a rock  a rut  etc   and roll over     Hidden obstacles can make the steepness of the  incline even worse  If you drive across a rock with  the uphill wheels  or if the downhill wheels drop into  a rut or depression  your vehicle can tilt even more     For reasons like these  you need to decide carefully  whether to try to drive across an incline  Just because  the trail goes across the incline doesn   t mean you have  to drive it  The last
179. int in  a rear seat outside position        Wherever you install it  be sure to secure the child  restraint properly     Keep in mind that an unsecured child restraint can move  around in a collision or sudden stop and injure people in  the vehicle  Be sure to properly secure any child  restraint in your vehicle    even when no child is in it     Top Strap       In Canada  the law requires that forward facing child  restraints have a top strap  and that the strap be  anchored  In the United States  some child restraints also  have a top strap  If your child restraint has a top strap  it  should be anchored     Anchor brackets for the rear outside seat positions are  located on the floor in the cargo area of your vehicle   Don   t use the rear set of tie down brackets  Anchor the  top strap to the closest bracket on the same side of the  vehicle as the child restraint     1 43    Securing a Child Restraint in a Rear  Outside Seat Position       You    ll be using the lap shoulder belt  See the earlier part  about the top strap if the child restraint has one  Be sure  to follow the instructions that came with the child   Once you have the top strap anchored  you    ll be ready to restraint  Secure the child in the child restraint when and  secure the child restraint itself  as the instructions say     1  Put the restraint on the seat        2  Pick up the latch plate  and run the lap and shoulder  portions of the vehicle   s safety belt through or  around the restraint  The chi
180. ir bag system  may not be working properly  The air bags in    your vehicle may not inflate in a crash  or they  could even inflate without a crash  To help avoid  injury to yourself or others  have your vehicle  serviced right away if the air bag readiness light  stays on after you start your vehicle        The air bag readiness light should flash for a few  seconds when you turn the ignition key to RUN  If the  light doesn   t come on then  have it fixed so it will be  ready to warn you if there is a problem     2 57    Charging System Indicator Light    The charging system light  will come on briefly when  you turn on the ignition  but  the engine is not running   as a check to show you it   is working        It should go out once the engine is running  If it stays  on  or comes on while you are driving  you may have a  problem with the charging system  It could indicate that  you have problems with a generator drive belt  or  another electrical problem  Have it checked right away   Driving while this light is on could drain your battery     If you must drive a short distance with the light on  be  certain to turn off all your accessories  such as the radio  and air conditioner     2 58       Voltmeter Gage    When your engine is not  running  but the ignition is  on  in the RUN position    this gage shows your  battery   s state of charge in  DC volts     When the engine is running  the gage shows the  condition of the charging system  Readings between the  low and high w
181. is normal     Braking in Emergencies    With anti lock  you can steer and brake at the same  time  In many emergencies  steering can help you more  than even the very best braking     Steering    Power Steering    If you lose power steering assist because the engine  stops or the system is not functioning  you can steer but  it will take much more effort     4 10    Steering Tips    Driving on Curves  It   s important to take curves at a reasonable speed     A lot of the    driver lost control    accidents mentioned on  the news happen on curves  Here   s why     Experienced driver or beginner  each of us is subject to  the same laws of physics when driving on curves  The  traction of the tires against the road surface makes it  possible for the vehicle to change its path when you turn  the front wheels  If there   s no traction  inertia will keep  the vehicle going in the same direction  If you    ve ever  tried to steer a vehicle on wet ice  you    ll understand this     The traction you can get in a curve depends on the  condition of your tires and the road surface  the angle at  which the curve is banked  and your speed  While  you   re in a curve  speed is the one factor you   can control     Suppose you    re steering through a sharp curve    Then you suddenly accelerate  Both control   systems    steering and acceleration    have to   do their work where the tires meet the road  Adding the  sudden acceleration can demand too much of those  places  You can lose control 
182. is playing  press  AM FM  You can also press this button to switch  between a cassette tape  CD or the CD changer if all  three are loaded     3 17    Theft Deterrent Feature    THEFTLOCK   is designed to discourage theft of your  radio  It works by using a secret code to disable all radio  functions whenever battery power is removed     The THEFTLOCK feature for the radio may be used or  ignored  If ignored  the system plays normally and the  radio is not protected by the feature  If THEFTLOCK is  activated  your radio will not operate if stolen     When THEFTLOCK is activated  the radio will display  LOC to indicate a locked condition anytime battery  power is removed  If your battery loses power for any  reason  you must unlock the radio with the secret code  before it will operate     Activating the Theft Deterrent Feature    The instructions which follow explain how to enter your  secret code to activate the THEFTLOCK system  It is  recommended that you read through all nine steps  before starting the procedure     If you allow more than 15 seconds to elapse between  any steps  the radio automatically reverts to time and  you must start the procedure over at Step 4     3 18      Write down any three or four digit number from    000 to 1999 and keep it in a safe place separate  from the vehicle       Turn the ignition to ACCESSORY or RUN   3  Turn the radio off     Press the 1 and 4 buttons together  Hold them down    until     shows on the display  Next you will use the 
183. ise while this test  is going on  This is normal      5     If there   s a problem with the  anti lock brake system  this  warning light will stay on   See    Anti Lock Brake  System Warning Light    in  the Index        Here   s how anti lock works  Let   s say the road is wet   You   re driving safely  Suddenly an animal jumps out in  front of you     You slam on the brakes  Here   s what happens with ABS     A computer senses that wheels are slowing down  If one  of the wheels is about to stop rolling  the computer will  separately work the brakes at each front wheel and at  both rear wheels     The anti lock system can change the brake pressure  faster than any driver could  The computer is  programmed to make the most of available tire   and road conditions        You can steer around the obstacle while braking hard     As you brake  your computer keeps receiving updates on  wheel speed and controls braking pressure accordingly     Remember  Anti lock doesn   t change the time you need  to get your foot up to the brake pedal or always decrease  stopping distance  If you get too close to the vehicle in  front of you  you won   t have time to apply your brakes  if that vehicle suddenly slows or stops  Always leave  enough room up ahead to stop  even though you have  anti lock brakes     Using Anti Lock    Don   t pump the brakes  Just hold the brake pedal down  firmly and let anti lock work for you  You may feel the  brakes vibrate  or you may notice some noise  but this  
184. ive over 50 mph  80 km h  and  don   t make starts at full throttle  This helps your  engine and other parts of your vehicle wear in at the  heavier loads       You should use THIRD  3   or  as you need to  a  lower gear  when towing a trailer  Operating your  vehicle in THIRD  3  when towing a trailer will  minimize heat buildup and extend the life of  your transmission     4 45    Three important considerations have to do with weight     the weight of the trailer     the weight of the trailer tongue      and the weight on your vehicle   s tires     Weight of the Trailer  How heavy can a trailer safely be     It should never weigh more than 5 600 Ibs   2 542 kg    But even that can be too heavy     It depends on how you plan to use your rig  For  example  speed  altitude  road grades  outside  temperature and how much your vehicle is used to pull a  trailer are all important  And  it can also depend on any  special equipment that you have on your vehicle     You can ask your dealer for our trailering information or  advice  or you can write us at     Customer Assistance Representative  Oldsmobile Customer Assistance Network  16 E  Judson Street   P O  Box 436006   Pontiac  MI 48343 6006    4 46    In Canada  write to     General Motors of Canada Limited  Customer Communication Centre  1908 Colonel Sam Drive   Oshawa  Ontario L1H 8P7    Weight of the Trailer Tongue    The tongue load  A  of any trailer is an important  weight to measure because it affects the total or gross  
185. l  claiming thousands of victims   every year     Alcohol affects four things that anyone needs to drive  a vehicle       Judgment     Muscular Coordination     Vision      Attentiveness     Police records show that almost half of all motor  vehicle related deaths involve alcohol  In most cases   these deaths are the result of someone who was drinking  and driving  In recent years  over 17 000 annual motor  vehicle related deaths have been associated with the use  of alcohol  with more than 300 000 people injured     Many adults    by some estimates  nearly half the adult  population    choose never to drink alcohol  so they  never drive after drinking  For persons under 21  it   s  against the law in every U S  state to drink alcohol   There are good medical  psychological and  developmental reasons for these laws     4 4    The obvious way to solve the leading highway safety  problem is for people never to drink alcohol and then  drive  But what if people do  How much is    too much     if the driver plans to drive  It   s a lot less than many  might think  Although it depends on each person and  situation  here is some general information on   the problem     The Blood Alcohol Concentration  BAC  of someone  who is drinking depends upon four things       The amount of alcohol consumed    The drinker   s body weight       The amount of food that is consumed before and  during drinking       The length of time it has taken the drinker to  consume the alcohol     According to
186. l below a BAC of  0 10 percent  Research shows that the driving skills of  many people are impaired at a BAC approaching   0 05 percent  and that the effects are worse at night  All  drivers are impaired at BAC levels above 0 05 percent   Statistics show that the chance of being in a collision  increases sharply for drivers who have a BAC of   0 05 percent or above  A driver with a BAC level of  0 06 percent has doubled his or her chance of having a  collision  At a BAC level of 0 10 percent  the chance of  this driver having a collision is 12 times greater  at a  level of 0 15 percent  the chance is 25 times greater     4 5    The body takes about an hour to rid itself of the alcohol  in one drink  No amount of coffee or number of cold  showers will speed that up     Ill be careful    isn   t the  right answer  What if there   s an emergency  a need to  take sudden action  as when a child darts into the street   A person with even a moderate BAC might not be able  to react quickly enough to avoid the collision     There   s something else about drinking and driving that  many people don   t know  Medical research shows that  alcohol in a person   s system can make crash injuries  worse  especially injuries to the brain  spinal cord or  heart  This means that when anyone who has been  drinking    driver or passenger    is in a crash  that  person   s chance of being killed or permanently disabled  is higher than if the person had not been drinking     Drinking and then drivin
187. l for the  right front passenger   s air bag  Do not open or  break the air bag coverings        Servicing Your Air Bag Equipped Vehicle    Air bags affect how your vehicle should be serviced   There are parts of the air bag system in several places  around your vehicle  You don   t want the system to  inflate while someone is working on your vehicle  Your  dealer and the service manual have information about  servicing your vehicle and the air bag system  To  purchase a service manual  see    Service and Owner  Publications    in the Index     For up to two minutes after the ignition key is  turned off and the battery is disconnected  an air  bag can still inflate during improper service  You    can be injured if you are close to an air bag when  it inflates  Avoid wires wrapped with yellow tape  or yellow connectors  They are probably part of  the air bag system  Be sure to follow proper  service procedures  and make sure the person  performing work for you is qualified to do so        The air bag system does not need regular maintenance     Adding Equipment to Your Air  Bag Equipped Vehicle    Q  If I add a push bumper or a bicycle rack to the  front of my vehicle  will it keep the air bags  from working properly     A  As long as the push bumper or bicycle rack is  attached to your vehicle so that the vehicle   s basic  structure isn   t changed  it   s not likely to keep the  air bags from working properly in a crash     Q  Is there anything I might add to the front of t
188. ld restraint instructions  will show you how     If the shoulder belt goes in front of the child   s face or  neck  put it behind the child restraint     1 44       3  Buckle the belt  Make sure the release button is 4  Pull the rest of the shoulder belt all the way out of  positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the the retractor to set the lock   safety belt quickly if you ever had to        5  To tighten the belt  feed the shoulder belt back into the  retractor while you push down on the child restraint  If  you   re using a forward facing child restraint  you may  find it helpful to use your knee to push down on the  child restraint as you tighten the belt    6  Push and pull the child restraint in different  directions to be sure it is secure    To remove the child restraint  just unbuckle the vehicle   s   safety belt and let it go back all the way  The safety belt   will move freely again and be ready to work for an adult  or larger child passenger     1 46    Center Seat Position                         Don   t use child restraints in this position  The restraints  won   t work properly     Securing a Child Restraint in the Right  Front Seat Position                      Your vehicle has a right front passenger air bag  Never    put a rear facing child restraint in this seat  Here   s why        A child in a rear facing child restraint can be  seriously injured or killed if the right front    passenger   s air bag inflates  This is because the  back of the rear fa
189. ll cause  your engine not to run as efficiently as designed    You may notice this as stalling after start up  stalling  when you put the vehicle into gear  misfiring  hesitation  on acceleration or stumbling on acceleration   These  conditions may go away once the engine is warmed up    This will be detected by the system and cause the light  to turn on     If you experience one or more of these conditions   change the fuel brand you use  It will require at least one  full tank of the proper fuel to turn the light off     If none of the above steps have made the light turn off   have your dealer or qualified service center check the  vehicle  Your dealer has the proper test equipment and  diagnostic tools to fix any mechanical or electrical  problems that may have developed     Emissions Inspection and Maintenance Programs    Some state provincial and local governments have or  may begin programs to inspect the emission control  equipment on your vehicle  Failure to pass this  inspection could prevent you from getting a   vehicle registration     Here are some things you need to know in order to help  your vehicle pass an inspection     Your vehicle will not pass this inspection if the  SERVICE ENGINE SOON light is on or not  working properly     Your vehicle will not pass this inspection if the OBD   on board diagnostic  system determines that critical  emission control systems have not been completely  diagnosed by the system  The vehicle would be  considered not ready for
190. ll the BRAKE RELEASE lever fully  It is located on  the bottom of the instrument panel on the driver   s side     2 20    NOTICE     Driving with the parking brake on can cause  your rear brakes to overheat  You may have to  replace them  and you could also damage other  parts of your vehicle        If you are towing a trailer and you must park on a hill   see    Towing a Trailer    in the Index  That section shows  what to do first to keep the trailer from moving     Shifting Into PARK  P  2  Move the shift lever into PARK  P  position  like this     It can be dangerous to get out of your vehicle if  the shift lever is not fully in PARK  P  with the  parking brake firmly set  Your vehicle can roll     If you have left the engine running  the vehicle  can move suddenly  You or others could be  injured  To be sure your vehicle won   t move  even  when you   re on fairly level ground  use the steps  that follow  If you   re pulling a trailer  see     Towing a Trailer    in the Index        1  Hold the brake pedal down with your right foot and    Hold in the button on the leven    set the parking brake      Push the lever all the way toward the front of    the vehicle   3  Turn the ignition key to LOCK     4  Remove the key and take it with you  If you can  leave your vehicle with the key  your vehicle is  in PARK  P      2 21    Leaving Your Vehicle With the  Engine Running    It can be dangerous to leave your vehicle with the  engine running  Your vehicle could move  suddenly 
191. ls or winding roads or for off road driving     SECOND  2   This position gives you more power but  lower fuel economy than THIRD  3   You can use  SECOND  2  on hills  It can help control your speed as  you go down steep mountain roads  but then you would  also want to use your brakes off and on     You can also use SECOND  2  for starting your vehicle  from a stop on slippery road surfaces     FIRST  1   This position gives you even more power  but lower fuel economy than SECOND  2   You can use  it on very steep hills  or in deep snow or mud  If the  selector lever is put in FIRST  1  while the vehicle is  moving forward  the transmission won   t shift into first  gear until the vehicle is going slowly enough     NOTICE     If your wheels can   t rotate  don   t try to drive   This might happen if you were stuck in very deep  sand or mud or were up against a solid object   You could damage your transmission    Also  if you stop when going uphill  don   t hold  your vehicle there with only the accelerator  pedal  This could overheat and damage the  transmission  Use your brakes or shift into  PARK  P  to hold your vehicle in position on   a hill        2 19    Parking Brake    To set the parking brake  hold the regular brake pedal  down with your right foot  Push down the parking brake  pedal with your left foot  If the ignition is on  the brake  system warning light will come on     To release the parking brake  hold the regular brake  pedal down     BRAKE RELEASE       Pu
192. my during engine warm up  Usually   the coolant heater should be plugged in a minimum of  four hours prior to starting your vehicle     To Use the Engine Coolant Heater  1  Turn off the engine     2  Open the hood and unwrap the electrical cord   The cord is located on the driver   s side of the engine  compartment  behind the underhood fuse block     3  Plug it into a normal  grounded 110 volt AC outlet     2 16    Plugging the cord into an ungrounded outlet  could cause an electrical shock  Also  the wrong  kind of extension cord could overheat and cause    a fire  You could be seriously injured  Plug the  cord into a properly grounded three prong  110 volt AC outlet  If the cord won   t reach  use a  heavy duty three prong extension cord rated for  at least 15 amps        4  Before starting the engine  be sure to unplug and  store the cord as it was before to keep it away from  moving engine parts  If you don   t  it could  be damaged     How long should you keep the coolant heater plugged  in  The answer depends on the outside temperature  the  kind of oil you have  and some other things  Instead of  trying to list everything here  we ask that you contact  your dealer in the area where you   ll be parking your  vehicle  The dealer can give you the best advice for that  particular area     Automatic Transmission Operation    There are several different  positions for your    shift lever  It is dangerous to get out of your vehicle if the    shift lever is not fully in PARK 
193. n   See footnote        50 000 Miles  83 000 km     If you haven   t used your vehicle under severe service conditions listed ACTUAL SERVICED BY   previously and  therefore  haven   t changed your automatic transmission fluid  E    change both the fluid and filter                                               51 000 Miles  85 000 km                             Change engine oil and filter  or every 3 months  whichever occurs first    An Emission Control Service  MILEAGE   Lubricate chassis components  or every 3 months  whichever occurs first   Pf   See footnote       Check rear front axle fluid level and add fluid as needed  Check constant       velocity joints and axle seals for leaking   See footnote         7 18    Short Trip City Scheduled Maintenance    54 000 Miles  90 000 km     Change engine oil and filter  or every 3 months  whichever occurs first    An Emission Control Service                  See footnote        Check rear front axle fluid level and add fluid as needed  Check constant  velocity joints and axle seals for leaking   See footnote         Rotate tires  See    Tire Inspection and Rotation    in the Index for proper  rotation pattern and additional information   See footnote        57 000 Miles  95 000 km     Change engine oil and filter  or every 3 months  whichever occurs first    An Emission Control Service                                    See footnote        Check rear front axle fluid level and add fluid as needed  Check constant  velocity joints 
194. n   t wear safety belts        To unlatch the belt  just push the button on the buckle   The belt should go back out of the way     Before you close the door  be sure the belt is out of the  way  If you slam the door on it  you can damage both the  belt and your vehicle        A pregnant woman should wear a lap shoulder belt  and  the lap portion should be worn as low as possible  below  the rounding  throughout the pregnancy     The best way to protect the fetus is to protect the  mother  When a safety belt is worn properly  it   s more  likely that the fetus won   t be hurt in a crash  For  pregnant women  as for anyone  the key to making  safety belts effective is wearing them properly     Right Front Passenger Position    To learn how to wear the right front passenger   s  safety belt properly  see    Driver Position    earlier  in this section     The right front passenger   s safety belt works the same  way as the driver   s safety belt    except for one thing   If you ever pull the shoulder portion of the belt out all  the way  you will engage the child restraint locking  feature  If this happens  just let the belt go back all the  way and start again     Air Bag System  This part explains the air bag system     Your vehicle has air bags    one air bag for the driver  and another air bag for the right front passenger     Frontal air bags are designed to help reduce the risk of  injury from the force of an inflating air bag  But these  air bags must inflate very quickly
195. n  loading your vehicle  For more information on vehicle  capacity and loading  see    Loading Your Vehicle    in  the Index     To prevent damage or loss of cargo as you   re driving   check now and then to make sure the luggage carrier is  locked and cargo is still securely fastened     2 46       Ashtrays and Cigarette Lighter    Pull the front ashtray door down to open it     NOTICE     Don   t put papers and other things that burn into  your ashtray  If you do  cigarettes or other  smoking materials could set them on fire  causing damage        To remove the front ashtray  pull the bin upward     To use the lighter  press it in all the way  and let go   When it   s ready  it will pop back by itself     NOTICE     Don   t hold a cigarette lighter in with your hand    while it is heating  If you do  it won   t be able to  back away from the heating element when it   s  ready  That can make it overload  damaging the  lighter and the heating element        Sun Visors    You can move down your visor to block out glare   You can also move the visor from side to side     Visor Vanity Mirror    Pull the sun visor down and lift the cover to expose the  vanity mirror     Illuminated Visor Vanity Mirror    Pull the sun visor down and lift the mirror cover to turn  on the lamps     Accessory Power Outlets    With the accessory power outlets  you can plug in  auxiliary electrical equipment  The accessory power  outlets are located near the center of the vehicle on the  lower part of 
196. n Options    Warranty service can generally be completed while you  wait  However  if you are unable to wait Oldsmobile  helps minimize your inconvenience by providing several  transportation options  Depending on the circumstances   your dealer can offer you one of the following     Shuttle Service    Participating dealers can provide you with shuttle  service to get you to your destination with minimal  interruption of your daily schedule  This includes a one  way shuttle ride to a destination up to 10 miles from  the dealership     Public Transportation or Fuel Reimbursement    If your vehicle requires overnight warranty repairs   reimbursement up to  30 per day  five days maximum   may be available for the use of public transportation such  as taxi or bus  In addition  should you arrange  transportation through a friend or relative  reimbursement  for reasonable fuel expenses up to  10 per day  five day  maximum  may be available  Claim amounts should  reflect actual costs and be supported by original receipts     8 8    Courtesy Rental Vehicle    When your vehicle is unavailable due to overnight  warranty repairs  your dealer may arrange to provide  you with a courtesy rental vehicle or reimburse you for a  rental vehicle you obtained  at actual cost  up to a  maximum of  30 00 per day supported by receipts  This  requires that you sign and complete a rental agreement  and meet state  local and rental vehicle provider  requirements  Requirements vary and may include  min
197. n be slippery  rough  uphill or downhill  In  short  you   ve gone right back to nature    Off road driving involves some new skills  And that   s  why it   s very important that you read this guide  You    Il  find many driving tips and suggestions  These will help  make your off road driving safer and more enjoyable     4 15    Before You Go Off Roading    There are some things to do before you go out  For  example  be sure to have all necessary maintenance and  service work done  Check to make sure all underbody  shields  if so equipped  are properly attached    Be sure you read all the information about your  four wheel drive vehicle in this manual  Is there enough  fuel  Is the spare tire fully inflated  Are the fluid levels  up where they should be  What are the local laws that  apply to off roading where you ll be driving  If you  don   t know  you should check with law enforcement  people in the area  Will you be on someone   s private  land  If so  be sure to get the necessary permission     Loading Your Vehicle for Off Road Driving    There are some important things to remember about  how to load your vehicle       The heaviest things should be on the load floor and  forward of your rear axle  Put heavier items as far  forward as you can        Be sure the load is secured properly  so driving on  the off road terrain doesn   t toss things around     4 16      Cargo on the load floor piled higher than  the seatbacks can be thrown forward  during a sudden stop  You or
198. n starts to fall while you are driving  The  surface may get wet suddenly when your reflexes are  tuned for driving on dry pavement      i          The heavier the rain  the harder it is to see  Even if your  windshield wiper blades are in good shape  a heavy rain  can make it harder to see road signs and traffic signals   pavement markings  the edge of the road and even  people walking     It   s wise to keep your wiping equipment in good shape  and keep your windshield washer tank filled with  washer fluid  Replace your windshield wiper inserts  when they show signs of streaking or missing areas on  the windshield  or when strips of rubber start to separate  from the inserts        4 30       Driving too fast through large water puddles or even  going through some car washes can cause problems  too   The water may affect your brakes  Try to avoid puddles   But if you can   t  try to slow down before you hit them     Wet brakes can cause accidents  They won   t work  as well in a quick stop and may cause pulling to    one side  You could lose control of the vehicle     After driving through a large puddle of water or  a car wash  apply your brake pedal lightly until  your brakes work normally        Hydroplaning    Hydroplaning is dangerous  So much water can build up  under your tires that they can actually ride on the water   This can happen if the road is wet enough and you    re  going fast enough  When your vehicle is hydroplaning   it has little or no contact with the 
199. n the transmission  so  you can pull the shift lever out of PARK  P      Shifting Out of PARK  P     Your vehicle has an automatic transmission shift lock  control system  You have to fully apply your regular  brake before you can shift from PARK  P  when the  ignition is in RUN  See    Automatic Transmission  Operation    in the Index     If you cannot shift out of PARK  P   ease pressure on  the shift lever    push the shift lever all the way into  PARK  P  as you maintain brake application  Then press  the shift lever button and move the shift lever into the  gear you want     If you ever hold the brake pedal down but still can   t  shift out of PARK  P   try this     1  Turn the key to OFF    2  Apply and hold the brake until the end of Step 4   3  Shift to NEUTRAL  N    4      Start the vehicle and then shift to the drive gear  you want     5  Have the vehicle fixed as soon as you can     Parking Over Things That Burn       Things that can burn could touch hot exhaust    parts under your vehicle and ignite  Don   t park  over papers  leaves  dry grass or other things that  can burn        2 23    Engine Exhaust    Engine exhaust can kill  It contains the gas  carbon monoxide  CO   which you can   t see or  smell  It can cause unconsciousness and death   You might have exhaust coming in if      Your exhaust system sounds strange  or different   e Your vehicle gets rusty underneath   Your vehicle was damaged in a collision   Your vehicle was damaged when driving over  high
200. nches  1 52 mm   Wheels and Tires   Wheel Nut Torque             100 Ib ft  140 N m   Tire Pressure        See the Certification Tire label     See    Loading Your Vehicle    in the Index     Capacities  Approximate     Please refer to    Recommended Fluids and Lubricants     in the Index for more information     Cooling System                11 7 quarts  11 1 L   Crankcase with Filter             4 5 quarts  4 3 L    Automatic Transmission   Drain and Refill               5 0 quarts  4 7 L   Differential Fluid  Rear            4 0 pints  1 9 L   Differential Fluid  Front            2 6 pints  1 2 L   Fuel Tank                    18 0 gallons  68 0 L   A C Refrigerant         See refrigerant charge label  under the hood       After refill  the level must be checked     6 61    Normal Maintenance  Replacement Parts    Replacement part numbers listed in this section are  based on the latest information available at the time of  printing  and are subject to change  If a part listed in this  manual is not the same as the part used in your vehicle  when it was built  or if you have any questions  please  contact your dealer     Oil Filter    0    cee PF52  Air Cleaner Filter            0 0     0 0005 A1163C  PCV Valve sc cb5 idee eb ieee eed    CV769C  Automatic Transmission Filter Kit        24200796  Spark PIUS  occse noes eee eee eee ee te 41 932  Fuel Filter  oc  s65 e6s bs dees os Vis sort eee GF481  Windshield Wiper Blade    Trico  20 inches 50 8 cm     Backglass Wiper Blade
201. nd not allowed to dry on  the surface  or they could stain  Dry the finish with a  soft  clean chamois or an all cotton towel to avoid  surface scratches and water spotting     High pressure car washes may cause water to enter  your vehicle   Cleaning Exterior Lamps Lenses    Use lukewarm or cold water  a soft cloth and a car  washing soap to clean exterior lamps and lenses   Follow instructions under    Washing Your Vehicle        Finish Care    Occasional waxing or mild polishing of your vehicle by  hand may be necessary to remove residue from the paint  finish  You can get GM approved cleaning products  from your dealer   See    Appearance Care and Materials     in the Index      Your vehicle has a    basecoat clearcoat    paint finish   The clearcoat gives more depth and gloss to the colored  basecoat  Always use waxes and polishes that are  non abrasive and made for a basecoat clearcoat   paint finish     NOTICE     Machine compounding or aggressive polishing on  a basecoat clearcoat paint finish may dull the  finish or leave swirl marks        Foreign materials such as calcium chloride and other  salts  ice melting agents  road oil and tar  tree sap  bird  droppings  chemicals from industrial chimneys  etc   can  damage your vehicle   s finish if they remain on painted  surfaces  Wash the vehicle as soon as possible  If  necessary  use non abrasive cleaners that are marked  safe for painted surfaces to remove foreign matter     Exterior painted surfaces are subject to a
202. ndition is the type of  fuels used  repairs may not be covered by your warranty     Some gasolines that are not reformulated for low  emissions may contain an octane enhancing additive  called methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl   MMT   ask your service station operator whether or not  the fuel contains MMT  General Motors does not  recommend the use of such gasolines  If fuels containing  MMT are used  spark plug life may be reduced and your  emission control system performance may be affected   The malfunction indicator lamp on your instrument  panel may turn on  If this occurs  return to your  authorized Oldsmobile dealer for service     6 4    To provide cleaner air  all gasolines in the United States  are now required to contain additives that will help  prevent deposits from forming in your engine and fuel  system  allowing your emission control system to  function properly  Therefore  you should not have to add  anything to the fuel  In addition  gasolines containing  oxygenates  such as ethers and ethanol  and  reformulated gasolines may be available in your area to  contribute to clean air  General Motors recommends that  you use these gasolines  particularly if they comply with  the specifications described earlier     NOTICE     Your vehicle was not designed for fuel that  contains methanol  Don   t use it  It can corrode  metal parts in your fuel system and also damage  plastic and rubber parts  That damage wouldn   t  be covered under your warranty      
203. ness  or whatever     There is something about an easy stretch of road with  the same scenery  along with the hum of the tires on the  road  the drone of the engine  and the rush of the wind  against the vehicle that can make you sleepy  Don   t let it  happen to you  If it does  your vehicle can leave the  road in less than a second  and you could crash and   be injured     What can you do about highway hypnosis   First  be aware that it can happen     Then here are some tips       Make sure your vehicle is well ventilated  with a  comfortably cool interior       Keep your eyes moving  Scan the road ahead and  to the sides  Check your mirrors and your  instruments frequently        If you get sleepy  pull off the road into a rest  service  or parking area and take a nap  get some exercise  or  both  For safety  treat drowsiness on the highway as  an emergency     4 36    Hill and Mountain Roads       Driving on steep hills or mountains is different from  driving in flat or rolling terrain     If you drive regularly in steep country  or if you   re  planning to visit there  here are some tips that can make  your trips safer and more enjoyable   See    Off Road  Driving    in the Index for information about   driving off road        Keep your vehicle in good shape  Check all fluid  levels and also the brakes  tires  cooling system and  transmission  These parts can work hard on  mountain roads       Know how to go down hills  The most important  thing to know is this  let your
204. ng     
205. ns  but they can be especially helpful in the  short periods after dawn and before sunset     The DRL system will make your headlamps come on at  reduced brightness when     the ignition is on    the headlamp switch is in automatic headlamp mode   the light sensor detects daytime light    the transmission is not in PARK  P   and       the parking brake is released     When the DRL are on  only your headlamps will be on   The taillamps  sidemarker and other lamps won   t be on   The instrument panel won   t be lit up either     When it begins to get dark  the headlamps will  automatically switch from DRL to the  regular headlamps     The DRL system will turn off temporarily while the turn  signals are activated     To idle your vehicle with the DRL off  put your  vehicle   s transmission in PARK  P   The DRL will stay  off until you shift out of PARK  P      As with any vehicle  you should turn on the regular  headlamp system when you need it     2 35    Fog Lamps       Use your fog lamps for better vision in foggy or misty  conditions  Your low beam headlamps must be on for  your fog lamps to work     The fog lamp switch is on the instrument panel under  the lamps switch  Press the switch to turn the fog lamps  on  Press the switch again to turn them off  A light will  glow in the switch when the fog lamps are on     Fog lamps will go off whenever your high beam  headlamps come on  When the high beams go off  the  fog lamps will come on again     2 36    Interior Lamps  Brigh
206. nside of your windows       When you enter a vehicle in cold weather  turn the  fan control to high for a few moments before driving  off  This helps clear the intake ducts of snow and  moisture  and reduces the chance of fogging the  inside of your windows        Keep the air path under the front seats clear of  objects  This helps air to circulate throughout  your vehicle     Audio Systems    Your audio system has been designed to operate easily  and give years of listening pleasure  You will get the  most enjoyment out of it if you acquaint yourself with it  first  Find out what your audio system can do and how  to operate all its controls  to be sure you   re getting the  most out of the advanced engineering that went into it     Your vehicle has a feature called Retained Accessory  Power  RAP   With RAP  you can play your audio  system even after the ignition is off  See    Retained  Accessory Power    in the Index     Setting the Clock    Press and hold HR until the correct hour appears  The  letter A or P may appear on the display for AM or PM   Then  press and hold MN until the correct minute  appears  The clock may be set with the ignition on   or off     AM FM Stereo with Cassette Tape and  Compact Disc Player with Automatic  Tone Control       Standard radio  Bose   not shown    If your vehicle is equipped with the Bose   AM FM  Stereo with Cassette Tape and Compact Disc Player   not shown   automatic tone control is not available   Your radio will have a MUTE butt
207. nt as you tighten the belt     7  Push and pull the child restraint in different  directions to be sure it is secure     To remove the child restraint  just unbuckle the vehicle   s  safety belt and let it go back all the way  The safety belt  will move freely again and be ready to work for an adult  or larger child passenger     Children who have outgrown child restraints should  wear the vehicle   s safety belts     If you have the choice  a child should sit next to a  window so the child can wear a lap shoulder belt and  get the additional restraint a shoulder belt can provide     Accident statistics show that children are safer if they  are restrained in the rear seat  But they need to use the  safety belts properly       Children who aren   t buckled up can be thrown out in Never do this     a crash    A  Here two children are wearing the same belt  The      Children who aren   t buckled up can strike other    ne belt can   t properly spread the impact forces  In a  people who are     crash  the two children can be crushed together  and seriously injured  A belt must be used by  only one person at a time        Q  What if a child is wearing a lap shoulder belt   but the child is so small that the shoulder belt is  very close to the child   s face or neck     A  Move the child toward the center of the vehicle  but  be sure that the shoulder belt still is on the child   s  shoulder  so that in a crash the child   s upper body  would have the restraint that belts provide  I
208. nt driver  but if you   re in an  accident    even one that isn   t your fault    you and  your passengers can be hurt  Being a good driver  doesn   t protect you from things beyond your  control  such as bad drivers     Most accidents occur within 25 miles  40 km   of home  And the greatest number of serious  injuries and deaths occur at speeds of less than  40 mph  65 km h      Safety belts are for everyone     How to Wear Safety Belts Properly  Adults    This part is only for people of adult size     Be aware that there are special things to know about  safety belts and children  And there are different rules  for smaller children and babies  If a child will be riding  in your vehicle  see the part of this manual called     Children     Follow those rules for   everyone   s protection     First  you    ll want to know which restraint systems your  vehicle has     We    ll start with the driver position     Driver Position    This part describes the driver   s restraint system     Lap Shoulder Belt    The driver has a lap shoulder belt  Here   s how to wear  it properly   1  Close and lock the door     2  Adjust the seat  to see how  see    Seats    in the Index   so you can sit up straight          Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt across you   Don   t let it get twisted     The shoulder belt may lock if you pull the belt across  you very quickly  If this happens  let the belt go back  slightly to unlock it  Then pull the belt across you  more slowly     1 13    4 
209. nt to use        Drain and refill at first oil change  At subsequent oil  changes  check fluid level and add fluid as needed     Long Trip Highway Scheduled Maintenance    7 500 Miles  12 500 km   C          Change engine oil and filter  or every 12 months  whichever occurs first   ACTUAL  An Emission Control Service  MILEAGE    Lubricate chassis components  or every 12 months  whichever occurs first   ooo   See footnote        Check rear front axle fluid level and add fluid as needed  Check constant  velocity joints and axle seals for leaking   See footnote         Rotate tires  See    Tire Inspection and Rotation    in the Index for proper  rotation pattern and additional information   See footnote        15 000 Miles  25 000 km                                         Change engine oil and filter  or every 12 months  whichever occurs first   ACTUAL   SERVICED BY     aes     SERVICED BY   An Emission Control Service  MILEAGE   Lubricate chassis components  or every 12 months  whichever occurs first   hn S o        See footnote       Check rear front axle fluid level and add fluid as needed  Check constant  velocity joints and axle seals for leaking   See footnote        Change automatic transmission fluid and filter if the vehicle is mainly driven  under one or more of these conditions                           In heavy city traffic where the outside temperature regularly reaches  90  F  32  C  or higher      Continued     7 31    Long Trip Highway Scheduled Maintenance    1
210. o help keep your vehicle in good condition        Part C  Periodic Maintenance Inspections    explains  important inspections that your dealer   s service department  or another qualified service center should perform        Part D  Recommended Fluids and Lubricants    lists  some recommended products necessary to help keep  your vehicle properly maintained  These products  or  their equivalents  should be used whether you do the  work yourself or have it done        Part E  Maintenance Record    is a place for you to  record and keep track of the maintenance performed on  your vehicle  Keep your maintenance receipts  They may  be needed to qualify your vehicle for warranty repairs     Part A  Scheduled  Maintenance Services    Using Your Maintenance Schedule    We at General Motors want to help you keep your vehicle  in good working condition  But we don   t know exactly  how you ll drive it  You may drive very short distances  only a few times a week  Or you may drive long distances  all the time in very hot  dusty weather  You may use your  vehicle in making deliveries  Or you may drive it to work   to do errands or in many other ways     Because of all the different ways people use their  vehicles  maintenance needs vary  You may need more  frequent checks and replacements  So please read the  following and note how you drive  If you have any  questions on how to keep your vehicle in good  condition  see your dealer     This part tells you the maintenance services you sho
211. o the corresponding  stored memory position  You will hear one chime     To store a new position  repeat Steps 1 and 2 to readjust  the seat  The keyless entry transmitter need not be  programmed unless it needs to correspond to the other  numbered memory button     To set the seat for a second driver  follow the previous  steps  but use the other numbered button and the other  keyless entry transmitter     If there is a third driver  use the seat adjuster switch to  adjust the seat     Pressing any of the seat adjuster switches  the SET  button or the desired memory button twice will cause  the seat to stop moving     If you push the numbered button to adjust the seat  and start the vehicle while the seat is still adjusting   adjustment will pause while the ignition is in START   Adjustment will resume after the ignition is in RUN     Heated Front Seats  Option   i If you have this feature  the    control is located on the  side of the seat  This feature  will quickly heat the lower  cushion and lower back   of the driver and front  passenger seats for   added comfort        Press the lower part of the switch to turn the heater on  low  Press the upper part of the switch to turn the heater  on high  Move the switch to the center position to turn  the heater off     The passenger   s safety belt must be engaged for the  heated seat feature to work on the passenger   s seat     Reclining Front Seatbacks    The vertical power seat control allows the seatback  to recline     Sit
212. o the mirror surface senses when  headlamps are behind you     At night  when the glare is too high  the mirror will  gradually darken to reduce glare  this change may take a  few seconds   The mirror will return to its clear daytime  state when the glare is reduced  The mirror will also  return to its clear daytime state when the vehicle is put  into REVERSE  R      2 38    Press the AUTO button at the base of the mirror to turn  on the automatic feature  The button has an indicator  light to show it is on  Press the OFF button to turn the  automatic feature off     Time Delay    The automatic mirror has a time delay feature which   prevents unnecessary switching from the night back to  the day position  This delay prevents rapid changing of  the mirror as you drive under lights and through traffic     Cleaning the Photocells    Use a cotton swab and glass cleaner to clean the  photocells when necessary     Power Remote Control Mirror    The control is located on the  driver   s door armrest        Move the top control to the left or right to choose the  mirror  then press the arrows on the control pad to adjust  the mirror     Convex Outside Mirror    A convex mirror   s surface is curved so you can see more  from the driver   s seat     A convex mirror can make things  like other    vehicles  look farther away than they really are  If  you cut too sharply into the right or left lane  you  could hit a vehicle  Check your inside mirror or  glance over your shoulder before ch
213. odes     later in this section or contact the manufacturer of the  unit at 1 800 355 3515     Be sure to keep the original hand held transmitter  in case you need to erase and reprogram the  HomeLink Transmitter     Canadian Owners  During programming  the  hand held transmitter may automatically stop  transmitting after one or two seconds  In this case  you  should press and re press the button on the hand held  transmitter every two seconds without ever releasing the  button on the HomeLink Transmitter  Release both  buttons when the indicator light on the HomeLink  Transmitter begins to flash rapidly     Operating the Transmitter    Press and hold the appropriate button on the HomeLink  Transmitter  The indicator light comes on while the  signal is being transmitted     If the hand held transmitter appears to program the  HomeLink Transmitter but does not open your garage  door  and if the garage door opener was manufactured  after 1996  the garage door opener may have a    rolling  code    system  A rolling code system changes the code  of the garage door opener every time you open or close  the garage door     To determine if you have this system  press the button  on the HomeLink Transmitter that you have  programmed already  If the indicator light flashes  rapidly for one to two seconds  then turns solid  the  garage door opener has a rolling code system  In a  rolling code system  the garage door motor head unit  must be trained to the HomeLink Transmitter     2 51   
214. on rather than a  TONE button     Playing the Radio    PWR VOL  Press this knob to turn the system on and  off  To increase volume  turn the knob clockwise  Turn  it counterclockwise to decrease volume     RCL  Press this button briefly to recall the station being  played or to display the clock  To change what is  normally shown on the display  station or time   press  the RCL button until you see the display you want  then  hold the RCL button until the display flashes  If you  press the button when the ignition is off  the clock will  show for a few seconds     MUTE  Press this button to silence the system  Press it  again to turn on the sound   This button is available on  the Bose  radio only      Finding a Station    AM FM  Press this button to switch between AM  FM1  and FM2  The display shows your selection     TUNE  Press this knob lightly so it extends  Turn it to  choose radio stations  Push the knob back into its stored  position when you   re not using it     SEEK  Press the up or down arrow to go to the next  higher or lower station and stay there  The sound will  mute while seeking     SCAN  Press this button and release it to listen to  stations for a few seconds  The radio will go to a station   stop for a few seconds  then go on to the next station   Press the button again to stop scanning  The sound will  mute while scanning  and SCAN will appear on the  display  If you press SCAN for more than two seconds   the radio will change to P SCAN mode  P SCAN will
215. one   1 12 Here Are Questions Many People Ask About 1 34   Safety Belts    and the Answers 1 35   1 13 How to Wear Safety Belts Properly 1 38   Driver Position 1 49   1 52   1 52   1 52    1 13   1 19 Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy    1 20 Right Front Passenger Position    1 20 Air Bag System    1 28 Rear Seat Passengers    Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides for  Children and Small Adults   Center Rear Passenger Position  Children   Child Restraints   Larger Children   Safety Belt Extender   Checking Your Restraint Systems  Replacing Restraint System Parts After  a Crash    Seats and Seat Controls    This section tells you about the seats    how to adjust  them and fold them up and down     Manual Passenger Seat    Pull the lever under the front of the manual seat up to  unlock it  Slide the seat to where you want it  Then  release the lever and try to move the seat with your body  to make sure the seat is locked into place     1 2    Power Seat s   If Equipped     The control pad is on the side of your seat        Horizontal Control  Raise the front of the seat by  raising the forward edge of the button  Lower the front  of the seat by lowering the forward edge of the button   Move the seat forward by moving the whole button  toward the front of the vehicle     Raise the rear of the seat by raising the rear edge of the  button  Lower the rear of the seat by lowering the rear  edge of the button  Move the seat rearward by moving  the whole button toward the rear of the vehicle
216. oo hot but you wouldn   t  get the overheat warning  Your engine could  catch fire and you or others could be burned   Use a 50 50 mixture of clean  drinkable water  and DEX COOL   coolant        5 13    You can be burned if you spill coolant on hot    engine parts  Coolant contains ethylene glycol  and it will burn if the engine parts are hot  enough  Don   t spill coolant on a hot engine         When the coolant in the coolant recovery tank is at the  ADD mark  start your vehicle     If the overheat warning continues  there   s one more  thing you can try  You can add the proper coolant  mixture directly to the radiator  but be sure the cooling  system is cool before you do it     5 14    Steam and scalding liquids from a hot cooling  system can blow out and burn you badly  They  are under pressure  and if you turn the radiator    pressure cap    even a little    they can come out  at high speed  Never turn the cap when the  cooling system  including the radiator pressure  cap  is hot  Wait for the cooling system and  radiator pressure cap to cool if you ever have to  turn the pressure cap        5 15       2  Then keep turning the pressure cap  but now push  down as you turn it  Remove the pressure cap   1  You can remove the radiator pressure cap when the  cooling system  including the radiator pressure cap  and upper radiator hose  is no longer hot  Turn the  pressure cap slowly counterclockwise until it first  stops   Don   t press down while turning the  pressure cap  
217. oors        Lift the armrest cover of the console compartment to  reveal a coinholder and additional storage  Ribs have  been provided for convenient storage of cassette tapes  and compact discs     Convenience Net       A convenience net in the rear of your vehicle helps keep  small items  like gloves and light clothing in place  during sharp turns or quick stops and starts     The net is not designed to retain these items during  off road use  The net is not for larger  heavier items     Attach the upper loops to the retainers on either side of  the liftgate opening  the label should be in the upper    passenger   s side corner  visible from the rear of vehicle      Attach the lower hooks to the rear cargo tie downs on  the floor     2 44    Cargo Security Shade    You can use the cargo security shade to cover items in  the cargo area of your vehicle     Grasp the handle and unroll the cover  Latch the posts  into the sockets on the inside of the vehicle to secure it     An improperly stored cargo cover could be  thrown about the vehicle during a collision or    sudden maneuver  You or others could be  injured  If you remove the cover  always store it  outside of the vehicle  When you put it back   always be sure that it is securely reattached        Cargo Tie Downs          There are four cargo tie       downs in the rear that allow     you to strap cargo in and  keep it from moving inside    the vehicle     Luggage Carrier    If you try to carry something on top of your  
218. oose the direction of air delivery     You can choose to set the climate control system  operations yourself  or let the system work for you by  placing the system in AUTO mode  See    Mode Knob    Automatic Operation    earlier in this section       gt  o   m PANEL  This setting directs most of the air  through the instrument panel outlets and a small amount  through the floor outlets       gt  o  Vad BI LEVEL  Air is delivered through the heater  floor outlets as well as the instrument panel outlets     e   tt HEATER  This setting directs most of the  warmed air through the heater floor outlets and some air  through the windshield defroster outlets    We   Vad BLEND  Airflow is divided equally between the  heater floor outlet and the windshield defroster outlets   The air conditioning compressor may run to dehumidify  the air to prevent window fogging     W DEFROST  This setting directs most air through  the windshield defroster outlets and some through the  heater outlets  The air conditioning compressor may run  to dehumidify the air to prevent window fogging     3 4    E   OUTSIDE AIR  Press this button to force the  system to use outside air  Press it again to close off the  outside air     Pressing the OUTSIDE AIR button will cancel the  RECIRCULATION button     LE RECIRCULATION  Press this button to limit  the amount of fresh air entering your vehicle  This is  helpful when you are trying to limit odors entering your  vehicle  In the AUTO mode  the system will use  re
219. opener should now recognize the  HomeLink Transmitter  You may either use the  HomeLink Transmitter or the hand held transmitter to  open the garage door     If after following these instructions  you still have  problems training the garage door opener  call the  manufacturer of the unit at 1 800 355 3515     Erasing Channels    To erase all three programmed channels  hold down the  two outside buttons until the indicator light begins to  flash  after 20 seconds   Release both buttons     Accessories    Accessories for the HomeLink Transmitter are available  from the manufacturer of the unit  If you would like  additional information  please call 1 800 355 3515     Instrument Panel                   A  Air Vents F  Rear Window and K  Audio Steering Wheel Controls  B  Instrument Cluster Mirror Defogger  If Equipped   C  Glove Box G  Comfort Controls L  Brake Release  D  Audio System H  Ashtray M  Fog Lamps  E  Accessory Power Outlets I  Rear Liftgate Glass Release N  Lamp Controls  J  Rear Window Washer Wiper    2 53    Instrument Panel Cluster    Your instrument panel cluster is designed to let you know at a glance how your vehicle is running  You   ll know how  fast you   re going  about how much fuel you   ve used  and many other things you    ll need to know to drive safely  and economically     SERVICE   ENGINE  GATE SOON  AJAR    o  0 1  o ODOMRIP  HOLD TO RESET    SmartTrak BB BEBB TRIP    Bravada       VOLTS       2 54    Speedometer and Odometer    Your speedometer l
220. or          Turn the bulb assembly counterclockwise to  remove it       Put the new bulb assembly into the headlamp  assembly and turn it clockwise until it is tight     7  Plug in the electrical connector     8  Put the headlamp assembly back into the vehicle     Install the two retaining clips        Front Turn Signal Lamps    1  Remove the headlamp assembly as shown earlier in  this section     2  Twist the bulb socket  counterclockwise to  remove it from the  headlamp assembly     3  Pull the bulb straight out to remove it from  the socket     4  Push the new bulb into the socket until it snaps  into place     5  Put the bulb socket into the lamp assembly and twist  it clockwise until it is tight     6  Put the headlamp assembly back into the vehicle   Install the two retaining clips     6 33    Taillamps 7  Put the socket into the lamp assembly and turn the  socket clockwise until it locks into place     1  Open the liftgate     8  Install the lamp assembly and screws     9  Close the liftgate     Windshield Wiper Blade  Replacement    Windshield wiper blades should be inspected at least  twice a year for wear or cracking  See    Wiper Blade  Check    in Section 7 of this manual under Part B    Owner  Checks and Services    for more information     2  Remove the two screws  from the lamp assembly     See    Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts    in the  Index for the proper type of replacement blades        3  Pull the assembly away from the vehicle  NOTICE     4  Turn 
221. or right  and two  downward  for left  positions  These positions allow you  to signal a turn or a lane change     To signal a turn  move the lever all the way up or down   When the turn is finished  the lever will return automatically     An arrow on the instrument  panel cluster will flash in  the direction of the turn or  lane change     To signal a lane change  just raise or lower the lever  until the arrow starts to flash  Hold it there until you  complete your lane change  The lever will return by  itself when you release it     As you signal a turn or a lane change  if the arrows flash  more quickly than normal  a signal bulb may be burned  out and other drivers won   t see your turn signal     If a bulb is burned out  replace it to help avoid an  accident  If the arrows don   t go on at all when you  signal a turn  check the fuse  see    Fuses and Circuit  Breakers    in the Index  and for burned out bulbs     2 28    If you have a trailer towing option with added wiring for  the trailer lamps  a different turn signal flasher is used   With this flasher installed  the signal indicator will flash  even if a turn signal bulb is burned out  Check the front  and rear turn signal lamps regularly to make sure they  are working     Turn Signal On Chime    If your turn signal is left on for more than 3 4 of a mile   1 2 km   a chime will sound at each flash of the turn  signal  To turn off the chime  move the turn signal lever  to the off position     Headlamp High Low Beam C
222. ou are buckled up  Always fasten your  safety belt  and check that your passengers    belts  are fastened properly too        It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area   inside or outside of a vehicle  In a collision   people riding in these areas are more likely to be    seriously injured or killed  Do not allow people to  ride in any area of your vehicle that is not  equipped with seats and safety belts  Be sure  everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a    safety belt properly           Your vehicle has a light that  comes on as a reminder to  buckle up   See    Safety Belt  Reminder Light    in   the Index      In most states and Canadian provinces  the law says to  wear safety belts  Here   s why  They work     You never know if you   ll be in a crash  If you do have a  crash  you don   t know if it will be a bad one     A few crashes are mild  and some crashes can be so  serious that even buckled up a person wouldn   t survive   But most crashes are in between  In many of them   people who buckle up can survive and sometimes walk  away  Without belts they could have been badly hurt   or killed     After more than 30 years of safety belts in vehicles   the facts are clear  In most crashes buckling up does  matter     a lot     When you ride in or on anything  you go as fast as  it goes        Put someone on it        Take the simplest vehicle  Suppose it   s just a seat  on wheels        Get it up to speed  Then stop the vehicle  The rider The person keep
223. our  foot off the accelerator pedal     The solid red danger range tells you that your engine  speed is at its upper limits  You should immediately  shift to a higher gear  or lift your foot off the  accelerator pedal     NOTICE     Do not operate the engine with the tachometer in  the red range  or engine damage will occur        2 55    Warning Lights  Gages  and Indicators    This part describes the warning lights and gages that  may be on your vehicle  The pictures will help you  locate them     Warning lights and gages can signal that something is  wrong before it becomes serious enough to cause an  expensive repair or replacement  Paying attention to  your warning lights and gages could also save you or  others from injury     Warning lights come on when there may be or is a  problem with one of your vehicle   s functions  As you  will see in the details on the next few pages  some  warning lights come on briefly when you start the  engine just to let you know they   re working  If you are  familiar with this section  you should not be alarmed  when this happens     Gages can indicate when there may be or is a problem  with one of your vehicle   s functions  Often gages and  warning lights work together to let you know when  there   s a problem with your vehicle     2 56    When one of the warning lights comes on and stays on  when you are driving  or when one of the gages shows  there may be a problem  check the section that tells you  what to do about it  Please follo
224. ow        If you   ll be pulling a trailer that  when loaded  will  weigh more than 3 500 Ibs   1 589 kg   be sure to use  a properly mounted  weight distributing hitch and  sway control of the proper size  This equipment is  very important for proper vehicle loading and good  handling when you   re driving     4 47      Will you have to make any holes in the body of your  vehicle when you install a trailer hitch     If you do  then be sure to seal the holes later when  you remove the hitch  If you don   t seal them  deadly  carbon monoxide  CO  from your exhaust can get  into your vehicle  see    Carbon Monoxide    in the  Index   Dirt and water can  too     Safety Chains    You should always attach chains between your vehicle  and your trailer  Cross the safety chains under the tongue  of the trailer to help prevent the tongue from contacting  the road if it becomes separated from the hitch   Instructions about safety chains may be provided by the  hitch manufacturer or by the trailer manufacturer   Follow the manufacturer   s recommendation for  attaching safety chains and do not attach them to the  bumper  Always leave just enough slack so you can turn  with your rig  Never allow safety chains to drag on   the ground     4 48    Trailer Brakes    If your trailer weighs more than 1 000 Ibs   450 kg   loaded  then it needs its own brakes    and they must be  adequate  Be sure to read and follow the instructions for  the trailer brakes so you ll be able to install  adjust an
225. per Blade Check    Inspect wiper blades for wear or cracking  Replace blade  inserts that appear worn or damaged or that streak or  miss areas of the windshield  Also see    Wiper Blades   Cleaning    in the Index     Spare Tire Check    At least twice a year  after the monthly inflation check  of the spare tire determines that the spare is inflated to  the correct tire inflation pressure  make sure that the  spare tire is stored securely  Push  pull  and then try to  rotate or turn the tire  If it moves  use the wheel wrench  to tighten the cable  See    Storing the Spare Tire and  Tools    in the Index     Weatherstrip Lubrication    Silicone grease on weatherstrips will make them last  longer  seal better  and not stick or squeak  Apply  silicone grease with a clean cloth  During very cold   damp weather more frequent application may be  required   See    Recommended Fluids and Lubricants    in  the Index      Automatic Transmission Check    Check the transmission fluid level  add if needed  See     Automatic Transmission Fluid    in the Index  A fluid  loss may indicate a problem  Check the system and  repair if needed     At Least Once a Year    Key Lock Cylinders Service    Lubricate the key lock cylinders with the lubricant  specified in Part D     Body Lubrication Service    Lubricate all hood hinges  hood latch assembly   secondary latch  pivots  spring anchor  release pawl   door hinges  fuel door hinge  liftgate hinges  locks   glove box  console doors  moving seat
226. per arm hook   Pull up until the pivot locking tab locks in the  hook slot     7  Carefully lower the wiper arm and blade assembly  onto the windshield     Backglass Wiper Blade Replacement    See    Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement    in this  section for instructions on how to change the backglass  wiper blade  The backglass wiper blade will not lock in  a vertical position like the windshield wiper blade    so care should be used when pulling it away from   the vehicle     Tires    Your new vehicle comes with high quality tires made by  a leading tire manufacturer  If you ever have questions  about your tire warranty and where to obtain service   see your Oldsmobile Warranty booklet for details     Inflation    Tire Pressure    The Certification Tire label  which is on the driver   s  door edge  above the door latch  shows the correct    Poorly maintained and improperly used tires inflation pressures for your tires when they   re cold   are dangerous     Cold    means your vehicle has been sitting for at least    three hours or driven no more than   mile  1 6 km      NOTICE     Don   t let anyone tell you that underinflation or  overinflation is all right  It   s not  If your tires  don   t have enough air  underinflation   you can  get the following       Overloading your tires can cause  overheating as a result of too much friction   You could have an air out and a serious  accident  See    Loading Your Vehicle    in  the Index    Underinflated tires pose the same dang
227. ping enough space between your vehicle and others  is important     And  of course  actual stopping distances vary greatly  with the surface of the road  whether it   s pavement or  gravel   the condition of the road  wet  dry  icy   tire  tread  the condition of your brakes  the weight of the  vehicle and the amount of brake force applied     4 7    Avoid needless heavy braking  Some people drive in  spurts    heavy acceleration followed by heavy   braking    rather than keeping pace with traffic  This is a  mistake  Your brakes may not have time to cool between  hard stops  Your brakes will wear out much faster if you  do a lot of heavy braking  If you keep pace with the  traffic and allow realistic following distances  you will  eliminate a lot of unnecessary braking  That means  better braking and longer brake life     If your engine ever stops while you    re driving  brake  normally but don   t pump your brakes  If you do  the  pedal may get harder to push down  If your engine  stops  you will still have some power brake assist  But  you will use it when you brake  Once the power assist is  used up  it may take longer to stop and the brake pedal  will be harder to push     Anti Lock Brakes  ABS     Your vehicle has anti lock brakes  ABS   ABS is an  advanced electronic braking system that will help  prevent a braking skid     When you start your engine and begin to drive away   your anti lock brake system will check itself  You may  hear a momentary motor or clicking no
228. procedure  Put an automatic transmission vehicle 4  Open both hoods and locate the batteries  Find  in PARK  P  and a manual transmission vehicle the positive     and negative     terminals on  in NEUTRAL  each battery     3  Turn off the ignition on both vehicles  Unplug  unnecessary accessories plugged into the cigarette  lighter  or accessory power outlets  if you have this  option  Turn off all lamps that aren   t needed as well  as radios  This will avoid sparks and help to save  both batteries  In addition  it could save your radio     Using a match near a battery can cause battery  gas to explode  People have been hurt doing this   and some have been blinded  Use a flashlight if  you need more light    Be sure the battery has enough water  You don   t  need to add water to the ACDelco   battery    installed in every new GM vehicle  But if a  battery has filler caps  be sure the right amount  of fluid is there  If it is low  add water to take care  of that first  If you don   t  explosive gas could   be present     Battery fluid contains acid that can burn you    Don   t get it on you  If you accidentally get it in  your eyes or on your skin  flush the place with  water and get medical help immediately             Check that the jumper cables don   t have loose or    missing insulation  If they do  you could get a shock   The vehicles could be damaged too     Before you connect the cables  here are some basic  things you should know  Positive     will go to  positive   
229. r  operation are automatic transmission fluid  don   t  overfill   engine oil  axle lubricant  belt  cooling system  and brake system  Each of these is covered in this  manual  and the Index will help you find them quickly   If you    re trailering  it   s a good idea to review these  sections before you start your trip     Check periodically to see that all hitch nuts and bolts  are tight     Trailer Wiring Harness    The trailer wiring harness is an eight wire harness  assembly  The harness is stored under the vehicle  on the  driver   s side corner frame crossmember  The harness is  fused in the engine compartment fuse block  See    Fuses  and Circuit Breakers    in the Index  The harness does not  have a connector and should be wired by a qualified  electrical technician  The technician can use the  following color code chart when connecting the wiring  harness to your trailer     4 52      Dark Blue  Use for electric trailer brakes or  auxiliary wiring       Red  Use for battery charging  it connects to the  starter solenoid     Light Green  Back up lamps    Brown  Taillamps and parking lamps   Yellow  Left stoplamp and turn signal    Dark Green  Right stoplamp and turn signal   White  Ground wire     Light Blue  Auxiliary stoplamp     Securely attach the harness to the trailer  then tape or  strap it to your vehicle   s frame rail  Be sure you leave it  loose enough so the wiring doesn   t bend or break  but  not so loose that it drags on the ground  Store the  harness 
230. r Assistance Offices    Oldsmobile encourages customers to call the toll free  number for assistance  If a U S  customer wishes to write to  Oldsmobile  the letter should be addressed to Oldsmobile   s  Customer Assistance Network     United States    Customer Assistance Representative  Oldsmobile Customer Assistance Network  16 E  Judson Street   PO  Box 436006   Pontiac  MI 48343 6006    1 800 442 6537  1 800 833 6537  For Text Telephone devices  TTYs    Roadside Assistance  1 800 442 OLDS  6537     Canada    General Motors of Canada Limited  Customer Communication Centre  163 005  1908 Colonel Sam Drive   Oshawa  Ontario L1H 8P7    1 800 263 3777  English    1 800 263 7854  French    1 800 263 3830  For Text Telephone devices  TTYs    Roadside Assistance  1 800 268 6800    All Overseas Locations    GMODC   Customer Communication Centre  169 007   1908 Colonel Sam Drive   Oshawa  Ontario L1H 8P7    Telephone  905 644 4112  Fax  905 644 4866    Caribbean Numbers    1 800 496 9992  English  Puerto Rico  1 800 496 9993  Spanish  Puerto Rico  1 800 751 4135  English  Dominican Republic  1 800 751 4136  Spanish  Dominican Republic  1 800 496 9994 U S  Virgin Islands   1 800 389 0009 Bahamas   1 800 534 0122 Bermuda  Barbados  Antigua  amp  B V I     If toll free service is not available in the Caribbean   call Puerto Rico 1 787 763 1315     GM Mobility Program for Persons  with Disabilities    This program  available to  qualified applicants  can  reimburse you up to  1 000  tow
231. r about 10 minutes   If the warning doesn   t come back on  you can   drive normally     If the warning continues  pull over  stop  and park your  vehicle right away     If there   s still no sign of steam  push down the  accelerator until the engine speed is about twice as fast  as normal idle speed for at least three minutes while  you   re parked  If you still have the warning  turn off the  engine and get everyone out of the vehicle until it   cools down     You may decide not to lift the hood but to get service  help right away     Cooling System    When you decide it   s safe to lift the hood  here   s what  you ll see        A  Coolant Recovery Tank  B  Radiator Pressure Cap  C  Engine Fan    If the coolant inside the coolant recovery tank is boiling   don   t do anything else until it cools down        When the engine is cold  the coolant level should be at  least up to the ADD mark  If it isn   t  you may have a  leak in the radiator hoses  heater hoses  radiator  water  pump or somewhere else in the cooling system     5 11    NOTICE     When adding coolant  it is important that you  use only DEX COOL    silicate free  coolant   If coolant other than DEX COOL is added   to the system  premature engine  heater core or  radiator corrosion may result  In addition  the  engine coolant will require change sooner    at  30 000 miles  50 000 km  or 24 months   whichever occurs first  Damage caused by the  use of coolant other than DEX COOL   is not  covered by your new vehi
232. r cleaner filter   An Emission Control Service     Rotate tires  See    Tire Inspection and Rotation    in the Index for proper  rotation pattern and additional information   See footnote                          63 000 Miles  105 000 km   a ooo          Change engine oil and filter  or every 3 months  whichever occurs first    An Emission Control Service     Lubricate chassis components  or every 3 months  whichever occurs first     See footnote        Check rear front axle fluid level and add fluid as needed  Check constant  velocity joints and axle seals for leaking   See footnote         66 000 Miles  110 000 km                                      Change engine oil and filter  or every 3 months  whichever occurs first   ACTUAL   SERVICED BY     ok p i SERVICED BY   An Emission Control Service  MILEAGE   Lubricate chassis components  or every 3 months  whichever occurs first   a   See footnote           Check rear front axle fluid level and add fluid as needed  Check constant  velocity joints and axle seals for leaking   See footnote        Rotate tires  See    Tire Inspection and Rotation    in the Index for proper  rotation pattern and additional information   See footnote                       7 21    Short Trip City Scheduled Maintenance    69 000 Miles  115 000 km   Co         Change engine oil and filter  or every 3 months  whichever occurs first    An Emission Control Service     Lubricate chassis components  or every 3 months  whichever occurs first     See footno
233. r rate of the tire when tested under controlled  conditions on a specified government test course  For  example  a tire graded 150 would wear one and a half    1 1 2  times as well on the government course as a tire  graded 100  The relative performance of tires depends  upon the actual conditions of their use  however  and  may depart significantly from the norm due to variations  in driving habits  service practices and differences in  road characteristics and climate     Traction    AA  A  B  C    The traction grades  from highest to lowest  are AA  A   B  and C  Those grades represent the tire   s ability to  stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled  conditions on specified government test surfaces of  asphalt and concrete  A tire marked C may have poor  traction performance  Warning  The traction grade  assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead braking  traction tests  and does not include acceleration   cornering  hydroplaning  or peak traction characteristics     6 42    Temperature    A  B  C    The temperature grades are A  the highest   B  and C   representing the tire   s resistance to the generation of  heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under  controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory  test wheel  Sustained high temperature can cause the  material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life  and  excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure   The grade C corresponds to a level of performance  which all pass
234. raffic flow  Treat the  left lane on a freeway as a passing lane     At the entrance  there is usually a ramp that leads to the  freeway  If you have a clear view of the freeway as you  drive along the entrance ramp  you should begin to  check traffic  Try to determine where you expect to  blend with the flow  Try to merge into the gap at close to  the prevailing speed  Switch on your turn signal  check  your mirrors and glance over your shoulder as often as  necessary  Try to blend smoothly with the traffic flow     Once you are on the freeway  adjust your speed to the  posted limit or to the prevailing rate if it   s slower  Stay  in the right lane unless you want to pass     Before changing lanes  check your mirrors  Then use  your turn signal     Just before you leave the lane  glance quickly over your  shoulder to make sure there isn   t another vehicle in your     blind    spot     Once you are moving on the freeway  make certain you  allow a reasonable following distance  Expect to move  slightly slower at night     When you want to leave the freeway  move to the proper  lane well in advance  If you miss your exit  do not   under any circumstances  stop and back up  Drive on to  the next exit     The exit ramp can be curved  sometimes quite sharply   The exit speed is usually posted     Reduce your speed according to your speedometer  not  to your sense of motion  After driving for any distance  at higher speeds  you may tend to think you are going  slower than you act
235. rear seat which lets you fold  the seatbacks down for more cargo space     1 6       The rear seat release handles are on the rear of the    seatbacks  Push back on the seatbacks as you pull up on  the handles  The head restraint will automatically fold  out of the way when the seatback is folded down     To raise the seatbacks  just lift up the seatbacks and  push until they lock in the upright position  Push and  pull on the seatbacks to check that the latches have  locked in the upright position  If they haven   t  have  them repaired immediately        To return the head restraints to the upright position   reach behind the seats and pull the head restraint up until  it locks into position     Push and pull on the head restraints to check that they  have locked in the upright position  If they haven   t  have  them repaired immediately     For information on adjusting the rear seat head  restraints  see    Head Restraints    in the Index     Safety Belts  They   re for Everyone    This part of the manual tells you how to use safety belts  properly  It also tells you some things you should not do  with safety belts     And it explains the air bag system     Don   t let anyone ride where he or she can   t wear  a safety belt properly  If you are in a crash and  you   re not wearing a safety belt  your injuries    can be much worse  You can hit things inside the  vehicle or be ejected from it  You can be seriously  injured or killed  In the same crash  you might  not be if y
236. red in an appropriate infant restraint  This is so  important that many hospitals today won   t release a  newborn infant to its parents unless there is an infant  restraint available for the baby   s first trip in a   motor vehicle     A CAUTION     Never hold a baby in your arms while riding in a  vehicle  A baby doesn   t weigh much    until a  crash  During a crash a baby will become so  heavy you can   t hold it  For example  in a crash  CAUTION   Continued     CAUTION   Continued     at only 25 mph  40 km h   a 12 Ib   5 5 kg  baby  will suddenly become a 240 Ib   110 kg  force on  your arms  The baby would be almost impossible  to hold    Secure the baby in an infant restraint        1 37    Child Restraints    Every time infants and young children ride in  vehicles  they should have protection provided by  appropriate restraints     Q  What are the different types of add on  child restraints     A    Add on child restraints are available in four basic  types  When selecting a child restraint  take into  consideration not only the child   s weight and size   but also whether or not the restraint will be  compatible with the motor vehicle in which it will  be used     1 38       An infant car bed  A  is a special bed made for use  in a motor vehicle  It   s an infant restraint system  designed to restrain or position a child on a  continuous flat surface  With an infant car bed   make sure that the infant   s head rests toward the  center of the vehicle        A rear fa
237. rein at  its sole discretion     Warranty Information    Your vehicle comes with a separate warranty booklet  that contains detailed warranty information     REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS  TO THE UNITED STATES  GOVERNMENT    If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could  cause a crash or could cause injury or death  you should  immediately inform the National Highway Traffic  Safety Administration  NHTSA   in addition to  notifying General Motors     If NHTSA receives similar complaints  it may open an  investigation  and if it finds that a safety defect exists in  a group of vehicles  it may order a recall and remedy  campaign  However  NHTSA cannot become involved  in individual problems between you  your dealer or  General Motors     To contact NHTSA  you may either call the Auto Safety  Hotline toll free at 1 800 424 9393  or 366 0123 in  the Washington  D C  area  or write to     NHTSA  U S  Department of Transportation  Washington  D C  20590    You can also obtain other information about motor  vehicle safety from the hotline     REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS  TO THE CANADIAN  GOVERNMENT    If you live in Canada  and you believe that your vehicle  has a safety defect  you should immediately notify  Transport Canada  in addition to notifying General  Motors of Canada Limited  You may write to     Transport Canada   330 Sparks Street   Tower C   Ottawa  Ontario K1A ON5    REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS  TO GENERAL MOTORS    In addition to notifying NHTSA  or Transport Canada
238. rest dealership for warranty service or  in the event of a vehicle disabling accident    Flat tire change  Jump starts  Minor repairs to disabled vehicles    Assistance when vehicle is mired in sand  mud  or snow    Trip routing  Trip interruption expense benefits  Dealership locator service    Courtesy Transportation   See Courtesy  Transportation section for details    Oldsmobile Roadside Assistance specifically excludes  coverage for mounting  dismounting or changing of  snow tires  chains or other traction devices     In some cases  where service is impractical  the driver  may be authorized to obtain other service for which  reimbursement is provided    In many instances  mechanical failures are covered  under Oldsmobile   s comprehensive warranty  However   when other services are utilized  our Roadside  Assistance Representatives will explain any payment  obligations you might incur    For prompt and efficient assistance when calling  please  provide the following to the Roadside   Assistance Representative      Location of vehicle   Telephone number of your location   Vehicle model  year and color   Mileage of vehicle   Vehicle Identification Number  VIN    Vehicle license plate number   Oldsmobile reserves the right to limit services or  reimbursement to an owner or driver when  in  Oldsmobile   s judgement  the claims become excessive  in frequency or type of occurrence    While we hope you never have the occasion to use  our service  it is added security while trav
239. rface other than the ground   Bring the fill nozzle in contact with the  inside of the fill opening before operating  the nozzle  Contact should be maintained  until the filling is complete     Don   t smoke while pumping gasoline        Checking Things Under the Hood    Things that burn can get on hot engine parts and  start a fire  These include liquids like fuel  oil     coolant  brake fluid  windshield washer and other  fluids  and plastic or rubber  You or others could  be burned  Be careful not to drop or spill things  that will burn onto a hot engine        To open the hood  first pull  the handle located inside  the vehicle on the lower  driver   s side of the  instrument panel        Then go to the front of the vehicle and release the  secondary hood release        Lift the hood  release the hood prop from its retainer and  put the hood prop into the slot in the hood  You may  have a lamp that comes on when you lift the hood     When you lift the hood  you    ll see these items        A  Battery   B  Coolant Recovery Tank  C  Engine Oil Dipstick   D  Engine Oil Fill   E  Transmission Dipstick    F  Power Steering Reservoir   G  Brake Master Cylinder   H  Engine Air Cleaner Filter   I  Engine Compartment Fuse Block   J  Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir    Before closing the hood  be sure all the filler caps are on  properly  Then lift the hood to relieve pressure on the  hood prop     Remove the hood prop from the slot in the hood and  return the prop to its retainer
240. rly  as much protection this way     1 15    Q  What   s wrong with this                              The belt is buckled in the wrong place     1 16       You can be seriously injured if your belt is  buckled in the wrong place like this  In a crash     the belt would go up over your abdomen  The  belt forces would be there  not at the pelvic  bones  This could cause serious internal injuries   Always buckle your belt into the buckle   nearest you        Q  What   s wrong with this           You can be seriously injured if you wear the  shoulder belt under your arm  In a crash  your  body would move too far forward  which would  increase the chance of head and neck injury   Also  the belt would apply too much force to the  ribs  which aren   t as strong as shoulder bones   You could also severely injure internal organs  like your liver or spleen                              The shoulder belt is worn under the arm  It should  be worn over the shoulder at all times     1 17    Q  What   s wrong with this        CY 3 Z Oe  X  in  Dand  De    py    al                 The belt is twisted across the body     1 18    You can be seriously injured by a twisted belt  In  a crash  you wouldn   t have the full width of the  belt to spread impact forces  If a belt is twisted   make it straight so it can work properly  or ask  your dealer to fix it        Safety belts work for everyone  including pregnant  women  Like all occupants  they are more likely to be  seriously injured if they do
241. road     Hydroplaning doesn   t happen often  But it can if your  tires do not have much tread or if the pressure in one or  more is low  It can happen if a lot of water is standing on  the road  If you can see reflections from trees  telephone  poles or other vehicles  and raindrops    dimple    the  water   s surface  there could be hydroplaning     4 31    Hydroplaning usually happens at higher speeds  There  just isn   t a hard and fast rule about hydroplaning  The  best advice is to slow down when it is raining     Driving Through Deep Standing Water    NOTICE     If you drive too quickly through deep puddles or  standing water  water can come in through your    engine   s air intake and badly damage your  engine  Never drive through water that is slightly  lower than the underbody of your vehicle  If you  can   t avoid deep puddles or standing water  drive  through them very slowly     4 32       Driving Through Flowing Water    Flowing or rushing water creates strong forces   If you try to drive through flowing water  as you  might at a low water crossing  your vehicle can be    carried away  As little as six inches of flowing  water can carry away a smaller vehicle  If this  happens  you and the other vehicle occupants  could drown  Don   t ignore police warning signs   and otherwise be very cautious about trying to  drive through flowing water        Some Other Rainy Weather Tips      Besides slowing down  allow some extra following  distance  And be especially caref
242. rosol  Assembly   GM Part No  12346293 or  Secondary Latch    equivalent  or lubricant meeting  Pivots  Spring requirements of NLGI   2   Anchor and Category LB or GC LB   Release Pawl    USAGE FLUID LUBRICANT    Hood and Multi Purpose Lubricant   Door Hinges Superlube   GM Part  No  12346241 or equivalent      Multi purpose lubricant   Superlube    GM Part  No  12346241 or equivalent      Outer Liftgate Multi Purpose Lubricant   Handle Pivot Superlube   GM Part   Points No  12346241 or equivalent    and Hinges    Weatherstrip Dielectric Silicone Grease  GM  Conditioning Part No  12345579 or equivalent    Weatherstrip Synthetic Grease with Teflon     Squeaks Superlube    GM Part  No  12371287 or equivalent      Fuel Filler Door  and Rear  Folding Seat       7 49    Part E  Maintenance Record    After the scheduled services are performed  record the date  odometer reading and who performed the service in the  boxes provided after the maintenance interval  Any additional information from    Owner Checks and Services    or     Periodic Maintenance    can be added on the following record pages  Also  you should retain all maintenance receipts   Your owner information portfolio is a convenient place to store them     Maintenance Record  ODOMETER  DATE READING SERVICED BY MAINTENANCE PERFORMED       7 50    Maintenance Record    ODOMETER  DATE READING SERVICED BY MAINTENANCE PERFORMED       Maintenance Record    ODOMETER  DATE READING SERVICED BY MAINTENANCE PERFORMED       Za  Sec
243. round the cap before removing it  This will help keep oil  in your brake system can damage brake  dirt from entering the reservoir  system parts so badly that they   ll have to be    replaced  Don   t let someone put in the  wrong kind of fluid    If you spill brake fluid on your vehicle   s  painted surfaces  the paint finish can be  damaged  Be careful not to spill brake fluid  on your vehicle  If you do  wash it off  immediately  See    Appearance Care      in the Index     With the wrong kind of fluid in your brake    system  your brakes may not work well  or they  may not even work at all  This could cause a  crash  Always use the proper brake fluid        6 29    Brake Wear  Your vehicle has four wheel disc brakes     Disc brake pads have built in wear indicators that make  a high pitched warning sound when the brake pads are  worn and new pads are needed  The sound may come  and go or be heard all the time your vehicle is   moving  except when you are pushing on the brake  pedal firmly      The brake wear warning sound means that soon  your brakes won   t work well  That could lead to  an accident  When you hear the brake wear  warning sound  have your vehicle serviced     NOTICE     Continuing to drive with worn out brake pads  could result in costly brake repair     6 30       Some driving conditions or climates may cause a brake  squeal when the brakes are first applied or lightly  applied  This does not mean something is wrong with  your brakes     Properly torqued
244. rt devoted to its appearance care     6 2 Service 6 31  6 3 Fuel 6 32  6 5 Fuels in Foreign Countries 6 34  6 5 Filling Your Tank 6 36  6 7 Filling a Portable Fuel Container 6 44  6 8 Checking Things Under the Hood 6 45  6 10 Engine Oil 6 47  6 15 Engine Air Cleaner Filter 6 48  6 16 Automatic Transmission Fluid 6 52  6 19 All Wheel Drive 6 53  6 21 Rear Axle 6 53  6 21 Engine Coolant 6 54  6 25 Radiator Pressure Cap 6 60  6 25 Power Steering Fluid 6 61  6 26 Windshield Washer Fluid 6 62  6 27 Brakes    Battery   Bulb Replacement   Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement  Tires   Appearance Care   Cleaning the Inside of Your Vehicle  Care of Safety Belts   Cleaning the Outside of Your Vehicle  GM Vehicle Care Appearance Materials  Vehicle Identification Number  VIN   Service Parts Identification Label  Electrical System   Replacement Bulbs   Capacities and Specifications   Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts    Service    Your dealer knows your vehicle best and wants you to  be happy with it  We hope you   ll go to your dealer for  all your service needs  You    ll get genuine GM parts and  GM trained and supported service people     We hope you    ll want to keep your GM vehicle all GM   Genuine GM parts have one of these marks     ACDelco      n    T NINE  adele       Doing Your Own Service Work    If you want to do some of your own service work  you    ll  want to use the proper service manual  It tells you much  more about how to service your vehicle than this manual  can  To
245. rvices    in the Index     6 20    How to Check Lubricant       If the level is below the bottom of the filler plug hole   you   ll need to add some lubricant  Add enough lubricant  to raise the level to the bottom of the filler plug hole     What to Use    Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine what  kind of lubricant to use  See    Recommended Fluids and  Lubricants    in the Index     Rear Axle  When to Check and Change Lubricant    Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine how  often to check the lubricant and when to change it   See    Scheduled Maintenance Services    in the Index     How to Check Lubricant       If the level is below the bottom of the filler plug hole   you    ll need to add some lubricant  Add enough lubricant  to raise the level to the bottom of the filler plug hole     What to Use    Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine what  kind of lubricant to use  See    Recommended Fluids and  Lubricants    in the Index     Engine Coolant    The cooling system in your vehicle is filled with  DEX COOL     engine coolant  This coolant is designed  to remain in your vehicle for 5 years or 150 000 miles   240 000 km   whichever occurs first  if you add only  DEX COOL   extended life coolant     The following explains your cooling system and how to  add coolant when it is low  If you have a problem with  engine overheating  see    Engine Overheating    in   the Index     A 50 50 mixture of clean  drinkable water and  DEX COOL   coolant will   
246. s first   ACTUAL                                  An Emission Control Service     Lubricate chassis components  or every 12 months  whichever occurs first     See footnote        Check rear front axle fluid level and add fluid as needed  Check constant  velocity joints and axle seals for leaking   See footnote         Change automatic transmission fluid and filter if the vehicle is mainly driven   under one or more of these conditions        In heavy city traffic where the outside temperature regularly reaches  90  F  32  C  or higher        In hilly or mountainous terrain                                7 34    Long Trip Highway Scheduled Maintenance        When doing frequent trailer towing       Uses such as found in taxi  police or delivery service     If you do not use your vehicle under any of these conditions  change the fluid  and filter every 50 000 miles  83 000 km      Rotate tires  See    Tire Inspection and Rotation    in the Index for proper  rotation pattern and additional information   See footnote        50 000 Miles  83 000 km   If you haven   t used your vehicle under severe conditions listed previously and  ACTUAL                            therefore  haven   t changed your automatic transmission fluid  change both the    fluid and filter  PF  52 500 Miles  87 500 km     Change engine oil and filter  or every 12 months  whichever occurs first   ACTUAL  An Emission Control Service  MILEAGE    Lubricate chassis components  or every 12 months  whichever occurs
247. s going until stopped by something   doesn   t stop     In a real vehicle  it could be the windshield        or the instrument panel           or the safety belts     With safety belts  you slow down as the vehicle does   You get more time to stop  You stop over more distance   and your strongest bones take the forces  That   s why  safety belts make such good sense     1 11    Here Are Questions Many People Ask  About Safety Belts    and the Answers    Q   A    er       Won   t I be trapped in the vehicle after an  accident if I   m wearing a safety belt     You could be    whether you   re wearing a safety  belt or not  But you can unbuckle a safety belt   even if you   re upside down  And your chance of  being conscious during and after an accident  so  you can unbuckle and get out  is much greater if  you are belted     If my vehicle has air bags  why should I have to  wear Safety belts     Air bags are in many vehicles today and will   be in most of them in the future  But they are  supplemental systems only  so they work with  safety belts    not instead of them  Every air bag  system ever offered for sale has required the use of  safety belts  Even if you   re in a vehicle that has air  bags  you still have to buckle up to get the most  protection  That   s true not only in frontal collisions   but especially in side and other collisions     1 12    Q  If Pm a good driver  and I never drive far from    A    home  why should I wear safety belts     You may be an excelle
248. s in the magazine  This will continue for up to one and a  half minutes  depending on the number of discs loaded    To eject the magazine from the player  slide the CD  changer door all the way open  then press EJECT     NOTICE     If the CD magazine fails to eject after the EJECT  button has been pressed  do not attempt to pry    the magazine from the CD changer  Physical  damage caused by prying the magazine from the  CD changer is not covered by warranty  If the  magazine will not eject  take your vehicle to an  authorized repair center for service        Remember to keep the door closed whenever possible to  keep dirt and dust from getting inside the changer    All of the CD functions are controlled by the radio  buttons except for ejecting the magazine  Whenever a  CD magazine with discs is loaded in the changer  the  compact disc symbol  CDC  will appear on the radio  display  If the CD changer is checking the magazine for  CDs  the  CDC  symbol will flash on the display until  the changer is ready to play  When a CD begins playing     3 16    a disc and track number will be displayed  The disc  numbers are listed on the front of the magazine     Compact Disc Errors   If E and a number appear on the display  an error has   occurred and the compact disc temporarily cannot play    The CD changer will send an error message to the   receiver to indicate      E34  CD Changer Door Open     E35  CD Changer Cartridge Empty   If the error occurred while trying to play a CD in th
249. s smoothly   This could lead to costly repairs that may not be  covered by your warranty     NOTICE     Modifications made to the engine  transmission   exhaust or fuel system of your vehicle or the  replacement of the original tires with other than  those of the same Tire Performance Criteria   TPC  can affect your vehicle   s emission controls  and may cause the SERVICE ENGINE SOON  light to come on  Modifications to these systems  could lead to costly repairs not covered by your  warranty  This may also result in a failure to pass  a required Emission Inspection Maintenance test        2 61    This light should come on  as a check to show you it is  working  when the ignition is on and the engine is not  running  If the light doesn   t come on  have it repaired   This light will also come on during a malfunction in one  of two ways     e Light Flashing    A misfire condition has been  detected  A misfire increases vehicle emissions and  may damage the emission control system on your  vehicle  Dealer or qualified service center diagnosis  and service may be required        Light On Steady    An emission control system  malfunction has been detected on your vehicle   Dealer or qualified service center diagnosis and  service may be required     If the Light Is Flashing    The following may prevent more serious damage to  your vehicle       Reducing vehicle speed       Avoiding hard accelerations      Avoiding steep uphill grades   e    If you are towing a trailer  reduce the 
250. selection  stop  for a few seconds  then go on to the next selection  Press  this button again to stop scanning  The sound will mute  while scanning  SCAN will appear on the display and  the tape direction arrow will blink while scanning     3 12    AM FM  Press this button to play the radio when a tape is  in the player  The tape will stop but remain in the player     TAPE CD  Press this button if you have a disc loaded  in the CD player and the radio is playing  to play a  compact disc  Press AM FM to return to the radio when  a compact disc is playing  Press TAPE CD to switch  between the tape and compact disc if both are loaded   The inactive tape or CD will remain safely inside the  radio for future listening  The display will show TP   and CD     EJECT  Press this button to remove the tape  The radio  will play  EJECT may be activated with either the  ignition or radio off  Cassettes may be loaded with the  radio and ignition off if this button is pressed first     CLN  If this message appears on the display  the  cassette tape player needs to be cleaned  It will still play  tapes  but you should clean it as soon as possible to  prevent damage to the tapes and player  See    Care of  Your Cassette Tape Player    in the Index  After you clean  the player  press and hold EJECT for five seconds to  reset the CLN indicator  The radio will display     to  show the indicator was reset     Playing a Compact Disc    With the ignition on  insert a disc partway into the slot   la
251. spection and Rotation    in the Index for proper  rotation pattern and additional information   See footnote                          Lubricate chassis components  or every 3 months  whichever occurs first      Lubricate chassis components  or every 3 months  whichever occurs first      DATE  ACTUAL  MILEAGE SERVICED BY     DATE  ACTUAL  MILEAGE SERVICED BY        eee    Short Trip City Scheduled Maintenance    99 000 Miles  165 000 km   Change engine oil and filter  or every 3 months  whichever occurs first   ACTUAL          An Emission Control Service    Lubricate chassis components  or every 3 months  whichever occurs first     See footnote       Check rear front axle fluid level and add fluid as needed  Check constant  velocity joints and axle seals for leaking   See footnote         100 000 Miles  166 000 km     Inspect spark plug wires  ACTUAL   An Ten Conel Service   Replace spark plugs  Oooo o oo y O  An Emission Control Service    If you haven   t used your vehicle under severe service conditions listed   previously and  therefore  haven   t changed your automatic transmission fluid    change both the fluid and filter    Inspect Positive Crankcase Ventilation  PCV  valve    An Emission Control Service                                                           7 28    Short Trip City Scheduled Maintenance  150 000 Miles  240 000 km     Drain  flush and refill cooling system  or every 60 months since last service   whichever occurs first   See    Engine Coolant    in th
252. t parts repaired or replaced  New parts and repairs  may be necessary even if the belt wasn   t being used at  the time of the collision   If an air bag inflates  you    ll need to replace air bag    system parts  See the part on the air bag system  earlier in this section        Za  Section 2  Features and Controls       Here you can learn about the many standard and optional features on your vehicle  and information on starting   shifting and braking  Also explained are the instrument panel and the warning systems that tell you if everything is    working properly    and what to do if you have a problem     me a Gh EAB Gy aK be    Yreypyryryryryryryrryry    Keys   Door Locks   Keyless Entry System  Liftgate Liftglass   Theft   Content Theft Deterrent   Passlock     New Vehicle    Break In      Ignition Positions   Starting Your Engine   Engine Coolant Heater  If Equipped   Automatic Transmission Operation  Parking Brake   Shifting Into PARK  P    Shifting Out of PARK  P    Parking Over Things That Burn  Engine Exhaust   Running Your Engine While You   re Parked    2 25  2 25  2 26  2 26  2 27  2 27  2 34  2 36  2 38  2 40  2 46  2 47  2 48  2 48  2 49  2 53  2 54  2 56    Locking Rear Axle   All Wheel Drive   Windows   Horn   Tilt Wheel   Turn Signal Multifunction Lever  Exterior Lamps   Interior Lamps   Mirrors   Storage Compartments   Ashtrays and Cigarette Lighter  Accessory Power Outlets  OnStar   System  If Equipped   Sunroof  If Equipped   HomeLink    Transmitter  Ins
253. t to expect and what to do     If a front tire fails  the flat tire will create a drag that  pulls the vehicle toward that side  Take your foot off the    accelerator pedal and grip the steering wheel firmly  Changing a tire can cause an injury  The vehicle  Steer to maintain lane position  and then gently brake to can slip off the jack and roll over you or other   a stop well out of the traffic lane  people  You and they could be badly injured    A rear blowout  particularly on a curve  acts much like a Find a level place to change your tire  To help  skid and may require the same correction you   d use in a prevent the vehicle from moving    skid  In any rear blowout  remove your foot from the 1  Set the parking brake firmly     accelerator pedal  Get the vehicle under control by 2  Put the shift lever in PARK  P   steering the way you want the vehicle to go  It may be i      very bumpy and noisy  but you can still steer  Gently  brake to a stop    well off the road if possible  To be even more certain the vehicle won   t move     you can put blocks at the front and rear of the  tire farthest away from the one being changed   That would be the tire on the other side of the   vehicle  at the opposite end     3  Turn off the engine     If a tire goes flat  the next part shows how to use your  jacking equipment to change a flat tire safely        5 19    The following steps will tell you how to use the jack and  change a tire     Removing the Spare Tire and Tools    The jackin
254. te                                                           7 40    DATE       ACTUAL  MILEAGE SERVICED BY     Long Trip Highway Scheduled Maintenance    100 000 Miles  166 000 km   An Emission Control Service  MILEAGE i  Replace spark plugs  Oooo o o  An Emission Control Service                       If you haven   t used your vehicle under severe service conditions listed  previously and  therefore  haven   t changed your automatic transmission fluid   change both the fluid and filter    Inspect Positive Crankcase Ventilation  PCV  valve    An Emission Control Service     150 000 Miles  240 000 km     Drain  flush and refill cooling system  or every 60 months since last service   whichever occurs first   See    Engine Coolant    in the Index for what to use   Inspect hoses  Clean radiator  condenser  pressure cap and neck  Pressure test  the cooling system and pressure cap    An Emission Control Service                                   ACTUAL  MILEAGE SERVICED BY     7 41    Part B  Owner Checks and Services    Listed in this part are owner checks and services which  should be performed at the intervals specified to help  ensure the safety  dependability and emission control  performance of your vehicle     Be sure any necessary repairs are completed at once   Whenever any fluids or lubricants are added to your  vehicle  make sure they are the proper ones  as shown in  Part D     At Each Fuel Fill    It is important for you or a service station attendant to  perform these
255. te        Check rear front axle fluid level and add fluid as needed  Check constant  velocity joints and axle seals for leaking   See footnote         72 000 Miles  120 000 km   Change engine oil and filter  or every 3 months  whichever occurs first                                 An Emission Control Service     Lubricate chassis components  or every 3 months  whichever occurs first     See footnote       Check rear front axle fluid level and add fluid as needed  Check constant  velocity joints and axle seals for leaking   See footnote        Rotate tires  See    Tire Inspection and Rotation    in the Index for proper  rotation pattern and additional information   See footnote                                   7 22    Short Trip City Scheduled Maintenance  75 000 Miles  125 000 km                             Change engine oil and filter  or every 3 months  whichever occurs first    An Emission Control Service     Lubricate chassis components  or every 3 months  whichever occurs first     See footnote        Change automatic transmission fluid and filter if the vehicle is mainly driven       ACTUAL  MILEAGE SERVICED BY     under one or more of these conditions     In heavy city traffic where the outside temperature regularly reaches  90  F  32  C  or higher    In hilly or mountainous terrain    When doing frequent trailer towing    Uses such as found in taxi  police or delivery service     If you do not use your vehicle under any of these conditions  change the fluid  and filt
256. te to see if it is the tape or the tape  player at fault  If this other cassette has no improvement  in sound quality  clean the tape player     The recommended cleaning method for your cassette  tape player is the use of a scrubbing action   non abrasive cleaning cassette with pads which scrub  the tape head as the hubs of the cleaner cassette turn   The recommended cleaning cassette is available through  your dealership  GM Part No  12344789      3 22    When using a scrubbing action  non abrasive cleaning  cassette  it is normal for the cassette to eject because  your unit is equipped with a cut tape detection feature  and a cleaning cassette may appear as a broken tape    If the cleaning cassette ejects  insert the cassette at least  three times to ensure thorough cleaning     You may also choose a non scrubbing action  wet type  cleaner which uses a cassette with a fabric belt to clean  the tape head  This type of cleaning cassette will not  eject on its own  A non scrubbing action cleaner may  not clean as thoroughly as the scrubbing type cleaner   The use of a non scrubbing action  dry type cleaning  cassette is not recommended     After you clean the player  press and hold EJECT for  five seconds to reset the CLN indicator  The radio will  display     to show the indicator was reset     Cassettes are subject to wear and the sound quality  may degrade over time  Always make sure the cassette  tape is in good condition before you have your tape  player serviced     Care
257. ter if the vehicle is mainly driven  under one or more of these conditions         In heavy city traffic where the outside temperature regularly reaches  90  F  32  C  or higher        In hilly or mountainous terrain        When doing frequent trailer towing        Uses such as found in taxi  police or delivery service    If you do not use your vehicle under any of these conditions  change the fluid   and filter every 50 000 miles  83 000 km     Rotate tires  See    Tire Inspection and Rotation    in the Index for proper   rotation pattern and additional information   See footnote       Replace fuel filter    An Emission Control Service   See footnote F        Replace engine air cleaner filter    An Emission Control Service                 ACTUAL  MILEAGE SERVICED BY                                                  7 33    Long Trip Highway Scheduled Maintenance    37 500 Miles  62 500 km   a ooo          Change engine oil and filter  or every 12 months  whichever occurs first    An Emission Control Service     Lubricate chassis components  or every 12 months  whichever occurs first     See footnote        Check rear front axle fluid level and add fluid as needed  Check constant  velocity joints and axle seals for leaking   See footnote         Rotate tires  See    Tire Inspection and Rotation    in the Index for proper  rotation pattern and additional information   See footnote        45 000 Miles  75 000 km   Change engine oil and filter  or every 12 months  whichever occur
258. that some owners ask about  None  of these show a problem with your fuel gage        At the gas station  the gas pump shuts off before the  gage reads F  Full        It takes a little more or less fuel to fill up than the  gage indicated  For example  the gage may have  indicated the tank was half full  but it actually took a  little more or less than half the tank   s capacity to fill  the tank       The gage moves a little when you turn a corner or  speed up       The gage doesn   t go back to E  Empty  when you  turn off the ignition     Low Fuel Light This light comes on when the fuel tank is low on fuel   To turn it off  add fuel to the fuel tank  See    Fuel     This light comes on briefly in the Index   when you start your engine     LOW  FUEL    2 67    Za  Section 3  Comfort Controls and Audio Systems       In this section  you    ll find out how to operate the comfort control and audio systems offered with your vehicle   Be sure to read about the particular systems supplied with your vehicle     3 2 Comfort Controls 3 15 Console Mounted CD Changer  If Equipped   3 2 Electronic Climate Control 3 18 Theft Deterrent Feature   3 5 Air Conditioning 3 20 Audio Steering Wheel Controls  If Equipped   3 5 Heating 3 21 Understanding Radio Reception   3 5 Defogging and Defrosting 3 21 Tips About Your Audio System   3 6 Rear Window Defogger 3 22 Care of Your Cassette Tape Player   3 6 Ventilation System 3 23 Care of Your Compact Discs   3 8 Audio Systems 3 23 Care of Your Compa
259. the MODE and the US MET  buttons in the COMP TEMP mode     2 42    3  After five seconds  the compass will acknowledge  the variation mode by displaying the current zone  number  When it does  release both buttons     4  Press US MET until your zone number appears on  the display     5  Press MODE to enter your zone number  Your  variance is now set and the display will return to the  COMP TEMP mode     TRIP  Pressing the MODE button will step you through  the following TRIP functions     e AVG ECON  The average fuel economy since the  last reset is displayed        INST ECON  Instantaneous fuel economy for the  last second of driving is displayed       RANGE  The display indicates the estimated  distance that can be travelled with the remaining fuel  in the tank  based on the fuel economy for the last  few hours of driving       FUEL USED  The fuel used since the last reset  is displayed       AVG SPEED  The average speed since the last reset  is displayed     To reset the trip computer  press the MODE and  US MET buttons simultaneously for at least two  seconds  All functions will be displayed briefly once the  system is reset  Reset can only be performed in the AVG  ECON  FUEL USED and AVG SPEED modes  All three  modes are reset simultaneously        To open the sunglasses storage compartment in the  overhead console  press the release button  Then pull the  compartment down     You will find a storage compartment on each of the  doors  Cupholders are also located on the d
260. the cover by turning the fastener  counterclockwise  Extra fuses and the fuse extractor are  provided in the cover  To reinstall the fuse panel cover   push in and turn the fastener clockwise      6 55    Fuse Circuit  Breaker    6 56    A    B  1  2    Usage    Not Used  Not Used  Not Used    Cigarette Lighter  Data  Link Connector    Cruise Control Module and  Switch  Body Control Module   Heated Seats    Gages  Body Control Module   Instrument Panel Cluster    Parking Lamps  Power Window  Switch  Body Control Module   Ashtray Lamp    Steering Wheel Radio Controls    Headlamp Switch  Body Control  Module  Headlamp Relay    Courtesy Lamps  Battery  Run Down Protection    Not Used    Fuse Circuit  Breaker    10  11  12  13  14  15    16  17  18  19  20  21    22  23  24    Usage    Turn Signal   Cluster  Engine Control Module  Interior Lights   Auxiliary Power   Power Locks Motor    4WD Switch  Engine Controls   VCM  PCM  Transmission     Supplemental Inflatable Restraint  Front Wiper   Steering Wheel Radio Controls  Radio  Battery   Amplifier    HVAC I  Automatic   HVAC  Sensors  Automatic     Anti Lock Brakes  Rear Wiper    Radio  Ignition       Engine Compartment Fuse Block                                                                                                                                                                      INT    ABS IGN    RAP   IGN    STUD O  BAT B A     2  FUSE SPARE  PULLER FUSES  B   TRLTAN   LT TRN BTSI PARKLP   HVAC    HAZLP  TRR TRN   
261. the instrument panel  Just remove the plug  from the outlet and follow the proper installation  instructions that are included with any electrical  equipment you install     These circuits are protected by a fuse and have  maximum current levels     NOTICE     When using the accessory power outlets   maximum electrical load must not exceed   20 amps  Always turn off any electrical  equipment when not in use  Leaving electrical  equipment on for extended periods will drain  your battery        2 47    OnStar   System  If Equipped     OnStar is a vehicle communications service  The  following services are available through a subscription  with OnStar and are available 24 hours a day     Emergency Services   Automatic Notification of Air Bag Deployment  Theft Notification and Stolen  Vehicle Tracking  Roadside Assistance with Location   Remote Diagnostics   OnStar MED NET   Accident Assist    Convenience Services     Remote Door Unlock    Route Support      Concierge Services     Ride Assist    A complete user   s guide is provided with the OnStar  System  For more information contact OnStar  at 1 888 ONSTAR7     2 48    Sunroof  If Equipped        Your vehicle may be equipped with a power sliding  sunroof  To open or close your sunroof  the ignition or  Retained Accessory Power  RAP  needs to be on  See     Retained Accessory Power    in the Index     Press and release the rear side of the button in the mini  console to open the sunroof  You can press the forward  side of the b
262. the proper steps to be sure your vehicle won   t  move  See    Shifting Into PARK  P     in the Index     If you   re pulling a trailer  see    Towing a Trailer    in  the Index        Locking Rear Axle    Your locking rear axle can give you additional traction  on snow  mud  ice  sand or gravel  It works like a  standard axle most of the time  but when one of the rear  wheels has no traction and the other does  this feature  will allow the wheel with traction to move the vehicle     All Wheel Drive    There is no lever or switch to engage or disengage the  front axle  It is fully automatic and adjusts as needed for  road conditions  Your vehicle has an active transfer case  allowing two wheel drive operation on dry roads  The  transfer case will shift automatically into four wheel  drive on slippery surfaces  You may feel an extra shift  when the all wheel drive engages     2 25    Windows    Power Windows       The controls for the power windows are located on the  armrest on each of the side doors  With power windows   the switches operate the windows when the ignition is  on  in ACCESSORY or when Retained Accessory  Power  RAP  is present   See    Retained Accessory  Power    in the Index   The driver   s door has a switch for  the passenger windows as well     2 26    There are individual controls on each of the side doors     Press the side of the switch with the down arrow to  lower a window  Press the side of the switch with the up  arrow to raise a window     Express
263. the socket counterclockwise to remove it   Push the tab in while you turn the  socket counterclockwise     Use care when removing or installing a blade  assembly  Accidental bumping can cause the arm  5  Holding the base of the bulb  pull the bulb straight to fall back and strike the windshield    out of the socket        6  Push the new bulb straight into the socket until  it clicks     6 34    1  To remove the old wiper blades  lift the wiper arm 2  Press down on the blade assembly pivot locking tab   until it locks into a vertical position  Pull down on the blade assembly to release it from  the wiper arm hook     3  Remove the insert from the blade assembly  The  insert has two notches at one end that are locked by  the bottom claws of the blade assembly  At the  notched end  pull the insert from the blade assembly        A  Blade Assembly  B  Arm Assembly  C  Locking Tab 4  To install the new wiper insert  slide the insert  D         D  Blade Pivot notched end last  into the end with two blade claws  A    Slide the insert all the way through the blade claws at the  E  Hook Slot        opposite end  B   The plastic caps  C  will be forced off  F Arm Hook as the insert is fully inserted     6 35    5  Be sure that the notches are locked by the bottom  claws  Make sure that all other claws are properly  locked on both sides of the insert slots        A  Claw in Notch    B  Correct Installation    C  Incorrect Installation    6 36    6  Put the blade assembly pivot in the wi
264. the switch at R A the vehicle will keep going  faster until you release the switch or apply the brake    So unless you want to go faster  don   t hold the switch   at R A     Increasing Speed While Using Cruise Control  There are two ways to go to a higher speed       Use the accelerator pedal to get to the higher speed   Press the button at the end of the lever  then release  the button and the accelerator pedal  You   ll now  cruise at the higher speed       Move the cruise switch from ON to R A  Hold it  there until you get up to the speed you want  and  then release the switch  To increase your speed in  very small amounts  move the switch briefly to R A   Each time you do this  your vehicle will go about  1 mph  1 6 km h  faster     Reducing Speed While Using Cruise Control      Press in the button at the end of the lever until you  reach the lower speed you want  then release it       To slow down in very small amounts  briefly press  the SET button  Each time you do this  you   ll go  about 1 mph  1 6 km h  slower     Passing Another Vehicle While Using Cruise Control    Use the accelerator pedal to increase your speed  When  you take your foot off the pedal  your vehicle will slow  down to the cruise control speed you set earlier     Using Cruise Control on Hills    How well your cruise control will work on hills depends  upon your speed  load and the steepness of the hills   When going up steep hills  you may want to step on the  accelerator pedal to maintain your sp
265. the tracks in random   rather than sequential  order  RDM will appear on the  display when you press this button     TONE  Press this button to select a tone while playing a  compact disc  The tone that you set will be activated  each time you play a compact disc   This button is not  available on the Bose radio      SEEK  Press the down arrow to go to the start of the  current track if more than eight seconds have played   Press the up arrow to go to the next track  If you hold  the button or press it more than once  the player will  continue moving rearward or forward through the disc     3 13    SCAN  Press this button to listen to each selection for a  few seconds  The disc will go to the next selection  stop  for a few seconds  then go on to the next selection  Press  this button again to stop scanning  The sound will mute  while scanning  SCAN will appear on the display     RCL  Press this button to see which track is playing   Press it again within five seconds to see how long it has  been playing  To change what is normally shown on the  display  track or elapsed time   press the button until  you see the display you want  then hold the button until  the display flashes  While elapsed time is showing    EL TM will appear on the display     AM FM  Press this button to play the radio when a disc  is in the player     3 14    TAPE CD  Press this button to change to the tape or  disc function when the radio is on and either a tape or  CD is inserted  Press AM FM to return
266. ting in a reclined position when your vehicle is  in motion can be dangerous  Even if you buckle  up  your safety belts can   t do their job when  you   re reclined like this    The shoulder belt can   t do its job because it  won   t be against your body  Instead  it will be in  front of you  In a crash you could go into it   receiving neck or other injuries    The lap belt can   t do its job either  In a crash the  belt could go up over your abdomen  The belt  forces would be there  not at your pelvic bones   This could cause serious internal injuries    For proper protection when the vehicle is in  motion  have the seatback upright  Then sit well  back in the seat and wear your safety belt properly        But don   t have a seatback reclined if your vehicle  is moving     Head Restraints    Slide the head restraint up or down so that the top of the  restraint is closest to the top of your ears  This position  reduces the chance of a neck injury in a crash     The head restraints tilt forward and rearward also     The rear seat head restraints in your vehicle are  adjustable  Slide an adjustable head restraint up or down  so that the top of the restraint is closest to the top of  your ears  This position reduces the chance of a neck  injury in a crash     Push the button located under the rear head restraint to  raise or lower it  After releasing the button  push or pull  on the head restraint to make sure it   s locked in place     Rear Seats    Your vehicle has a folding 
267. tion 8 Customer Assistance Information       Here you will find out how to contact Oldsmobile if you need assistance  This section also tells you how to obtain  service publications and how to report any safety defects     8 2 Customer Satisfaction Procedure 8 9 Warranty Information   8 4 Customer Assistance for Text Telephone 8 9 Reporting Safety Defects to the United   TTY  Users States Government   8 4 Customer Assistance Offices 8 10 Reporting Safety Defects to the   8 5 GM Mobility Program for Persons Canadian Government  with Disabilities 8 10 Reporting Safety Defects to General Motors   8 6 Oldsmobile Roadside Assistance Program 8 10 Ordering Owner Publications in Canada  Features and Benefits   8 7 Courtesy Transportation    Customer Satisfaction Procedure       Your satisfaction and goodwill are important to your  dealer and to Oldsmobile  Normally  any concerns with  the sales transaction or the operation of your vehicle will  be resolved by your dealer   s sales or service  departments  Sometimes  however  despite the best  intentions of all concerned  misunderstandings can  occur  If your concern has not been resolved to your  satisfaction  the following steps should be taken     STEP ONE    Discuss your concern with a member of  dealership management  Normally  concerns can be  quickly resolved at that level  If the matter has already  been reviewed with the sales  service or parts manager   contact the owner of the dealership or the   general manager     STEP TW
268. tires meet the road to do what the driver has asked     In any emergency  don   t give up  Keep trying to steer and  constantly seek an escape route or area of less danger     Skidding    In a skid  a driver can lose control of the vehicle   Defensive drivers avoid most skids by taking reasonable  care suited to existing conditions  and by not    overdriving     those conditions  But skids are always possible     The three types of skids correspond to your vehicle   s  three control systems  In the braking skid  your wheels  aren   t rolling  In the steering or cornering skid  too  much speed or steering in a curve causes tires to slip and  lose cornering force  And in the acceleration skid  too  much throttle causes the driving wheels to spin     A cornering skid and an acceleration skid are best  handled by easing your foot off the accelerator pedal     If your vehicle starts to slide  ease your foot off the  accelerator pedal and quickly steer the way you want the  vehicle to go  If you start steering quickly enough  your  vehicle may straighten out  Always be ready for a  second skid if it occurs     Of course  traction is reduced when water  snow  ice   gravel or other material is on the road  For safety  you    ll  want to slow down and adjust your driving to these  conditions  It is important to slow down on slippery  surfaces because stopping distance will be longer and  vehicle control more limited     While driving on a surface with reduced traction  try your  best 
269. tness Control    Turn the thumbwheel next to the headlamp switch up to  make your instrument panel lights brighter  Turn the  thumbwheel all the way up to turn on the interior lamps     Illuminated Entry    Your vehicle is equipped with an illuminated  entry feature     When a door is opened  the dome lamps will come on if  the DOME OVERRIDE button is in the    out    position   When all the doors are closed  or the front door handles  are lifted and released  the lamps will stay on for a short  period of time and will then turn off automatically  If  you use your keyless entry transmitter to unlock the  vehicle  the interior lights will come on for a short time  whether or not the DOME OVERRIDE button is in the     out    position     Exit Lighting   With exit lighting  the interior lamps will come on when  you remove the key from the ignition to help you see  while exiting the vehicle  With the DOME OVERRIDE    button in the    out    position  these lights will stay on for  a short period of time and then will go out     Front Reading Lamps    Press the button near each lamp on the overhead console  to turn the reading lamps on and off  The lamps can be  swiveled to point in the desired direction     If you have the mini console  press the lens on each  lamp to turn it on or off     Dome Lamps  The dome lamps will come on when you open a door     You can also turn the dome lamps on by turning the  thumbwheel  located next to the parking headlamps knob   all the way up to t
270. to avoid sudden steering  acceleration or braking   including engine braking by shifting to a lower gear    Any sudden changes could cause the tires to slide  You  may not realize the surface is slippery until your vehicle  is skidding  Learn to recognize warning clues    such as  enough water  ice or packed snow on the road to make a     mirrored surface       and slow down when you have   any doubt     Remember  Any anti lock brake system  ABS  helps  avoid only the braking skid     Operating Your Vehicle Off  Paved Roads    Many of the same design features that help make your  vehicle responsive on paved roads during poor weather  conditions    features like the locking rear axle and  all wheel drive    help make it much better suited for  off road use than a conventional passenger car  Its higher  ground clearance also helps your vehicle step over some  off road obstacles  But your vehicle doesn   t have features  like special underbody shielding and a transfer case low  gear range  things that are usually thought necessary for  extended or severe off road service  This guide is for  operating your vehicle off paved roads     Also  see    Anti Lock Brakes    in the Index     Off road driving can be great fun  But it does have some  definite hazards  The greatest of these is the terrain itself        Off roading    means you    ve left the great North  American road system behind  Traffic lanes aren   t  marked  Curves aren   t banked  There are no road signs   Surfaces ca
271. to start  see    Passlock     in the Index     If the light comes on continuously while driving and  stays on  there may be a problem with the Passlock  system  Your vehicle will not be protected by Passlock   and you should see your dealer     Also see    Content Theft Deterrent    in the Index for  additional information regarding the SECURITY light     Service AWD Light    This light should come on  briefly when you turn on the  ignition  as a check to show  you it is working     SERVICE  AWD    The SERVICE AWD light comes on to indicate that  there may be a problem with the drive system and  service is required  Malfunctions can be indicated by the  system before any problem is apparent  which may  prevent serious damage to the vehicle  This system is  also designed to assist your service technician in  correctly diagnosing a malfunction     2 65    Check Gages Light    The CHECK GAGES light  will come on briefly when  you are starting the engine     CHECK  GAGES    If the light comes on and stays on while you are driving   check your coolant temperature and engine oil pressure  gages to see if they are in the warning zones     Gate Ajar Light    If this light comes on  your  liftgate or liftglass is ajar   Try closing the liftgate or  liftglass again  Never drive  with the liftgate or liftglass  even partially open     GATE  AJAR    2 66       Fuel Gage    When the ignition is on   the fuel gage tells you  about how much fuel you  have remaining     Here are four things 
272. trument Panel   Instrument Panel Cluster  Warning Lights  Gages and Indicators    Keys    Leaving children in a vehicle with the ignition  key is dangerous for many reasons  A child or    others could be badly injured or even killed     They could operate the power windows or other  controls or even make the vehicle move  Don   t  leave the keys in a vehicle with children        This vehicle has one  double sided key for the  ignition  liftgate and door  locks  It will fit with either  side up        When a new vehicle is delivered  the dealer provides  the owner with a pair of identical keys and a key  code number     The key code number tells your dealer or a qualified  locksmith how to make extra keys  Keep this number in  a safe place  If you lose your keys  you   Il be able to have  new ones made easily using this number  Your selling  dealer should also have this number     NOTICE     Your vehicle has a number of new features that   can help prevent theft  But you can have a lot of  trouble getting into your vehicle if you ever lock  your keys inside  You may even have to damage  your vehicle to get in  So be sure you have   extra keys        Door Locks There are several ways to lock and unlock your vehicle   You can use the keyless entry system     You can use your power door lock switch to unlock your  doors from the inside     You can use your key to unlock your door from    Unlocked doors can be dangerous  heoutside     Passengers    especially children    can easil
273. ts and axle seals for leaking   See footnote         12 000 Miles  20 000 km   Change engine oil and filter  or every 3 months  whichever occurs first                                 An Emission Control Service     Lubricate chassis components  or every 3 months  whichever occurs first     See footnote       Check rear front axle fluid level and add fluid as needed  Check constant  velocity joints and axle seals for leaking   See footnote        Rotate tires  See    Tire Inspection and Rotation    in the Index for proper  rotation pattern and additional information   See footnote                                   7 10    Short Trip City Scheduled Maintenance  15 000 Miles  25 000 km                                         Change engine oil and filter  or every 3 months  whichever occurs first     An Emission Control Service    Lubricate chassis components  or every 3 months  whichever occurs first     See footnote       Inspect engine air cleaner filter if you are driving in dusty conditions   Replace filter if necessary    An Emission Control Service   See footnote       Check rear front axle fluid level and add fluid as needed  Check constant  velocity joints and axle seals for leaking   See footnote        Change automatic transmission fluid and filter if the vehicle is mainly driven       ACTUAL  MILEAGE SERVICED BY     under one or more of these conditions     In heavy city traffic where the outside temperature regularly reaches  90  F  32  C  or higher    In hilly or mo
274. ty Scheduled Maintenance    The services shown in this schedule up to 100 000 miles   166 000 km  should be performed after 100 000 miles   166 000 km  at the same intervals  The services shown  at 150 000 miles  240 000 km  should be performed at  the same interval after 150 000 miles  240 000 km      See    Owner Checks and Services    and    Periodic  Maintenance Inspections    following     Footnotes       The U S  Environmental Protection Agency or the  California Air Resources Board has determined that the  failure to perform this maintenance item will not nullify  the emission warranty or limit recall liability prior to  the completion of the vehicle s useful life  We  however   urge that all recommended maintenance services be  performed at the indicated intervals and the  maintenance be recorded     7 8      Lubricate the front suspension  ball joints  steering  linkage  parking brake cable guides  propshaft splines   universal joints and brake pedal springs       A good time to check your brakes is during tire  rotation  See    Brake System Inspection    under     Periodic Maintenance Inspections    in Part C  of this schedule        Drive axle service  see    Recommended Fluids and  Lubricants    in the Index for proper lubricant to use        Drain and refill at first oil change  At subsequent oil  changes  check fluid level and add fluid as needed  If  driving in dusty areas or towing a trailer  drain fluid  and refill every 15 000 miles  25 000 km        More fr
275. ty is shown on the Certification Tire  label  This is the maximum load capacity that your  vehicle can carry  Be sure to include the weight of the  occupants as part of your load  If you added any  accessories or equipment after your vehicle left the If you don   t use the correct equipment and drive  factory  remember to subtract the weight of these things properly  you can lose control when you pull a  from the payload  Your dealer can help you with this  trailer  For example  if the trailer is too heavy  the  Add On Equipment brakes may not work well    or even at all  You  and your passengers could be seriously injured   Pull a trailer only if you have followed all the  steps in this section  Ask your dealer for advice  and information about towing a trailer with   your vehicle     When you carry removable items  you may need to put a  limit on how many people you carry inside your vehicle   Be sure to weigh your vehicle before you buy and install  the new equipment     OTICE        Your warranty doesn   t cover parts or  components that fail because of overloading        4 44    NOTICE     Pulling a trailer improperly can damage your  vehicle and result in costly repairs not covered by    your warranty  To pull a trailer correctly  follow  the advice in this part  and see your dealer for  important information about towing a trailer  with your vehicle     Your vehicle may be able to tow a trailer  To identify  what the vehicle trailering capacity is for your vehicle   yo
276. u drive more safely     Driving Environment    You can also help avoid a rollover or other type of crash  by being prepared for driving in inclement weather  at  night  or during other times where visibility or traction  may be limited  such as on curves  slippery roads or  hilly terrain   Unfamiliar surroundings can also have  hidden hazards  To help you learn more about driving in  different conditions  this section contains information  about city  freeway  and off road driving  as well as  other hints for driving in various weather conditions     Vehicle Design    According to the U S  Department of Transportation   utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate  than other types of vehicles  Utility vehicles do have a  higher ground clearance and a narrower track or shorter  wheelbase than passenger cars to make them more  capable for off road driving  Specific design  characteristics like these give the driver a better view of  the road  but also give utility vehicles a higher center of  gravity than other types of vehicles  This means that you  shouldn   t expect a utility vehicle to handle the same way  a vehicle with a lower center of gravity  like a car  would  in similar situations  But driver behavior factors are far  more often the cause of a utility vehicle rollover than are  environmental or vehicle factors  Safe driver behavior  and understanding the environment in which you   ll be  driving can help avoid a rollover crash in any type of  vehicle  
277. u should read the information in    Weight of the  Trailer    that appears later in this section     If yours was built with trailering options  as many are   it   s ready for heavier trailers  But trailering is different  than just driving your vehicle by itself  Trailering means  changes in handling  durability and fuel economy   Successful  safe trailering takes correct equipment  and  it has to be used properly     That   s the reason for this part  In it are many  time tested  important trailering tips and safety rules   Many of these are important for your safety and that of  your passengers  So please read this section carefully  before you pull a trailer        If You Do Decide To Pull A Trailer  If you do  here are some important points     e  There are many different laws  including speed limit  restrictions  having to do with trailering  Make sure  your rig will be legal  not only where you live but  also where you   ll be driving  A good source for this  information can be state or provincial police       Consider using a sway control if your trailer will  weigh 2 000 Ibs   900 kg  or less  You should always  use a sway control if your trailer will weigh more  than 2 000 Ibs   900 kg   You can ask a hitch dealer  about sway controls       Don   t tow a trailer at all during the first 500 miles   800 km  your new vehicle is driven  Your engine   axle or other parts could be damaged        Then  during the first 500 miles  800 km  that you  tow a trailer  don   t dr
278. ually are     Before Leaving on a Long Trip    Make sure you   re ready  Try to be well rested  If you  must start when you    re not fresh    such as after a day   s  work    don   t plan to make too many miles that first part  of the journey  Wear comfortable clothing and shoes you  can easily drive in     Is your vehicle ready for a long trip  If you keep it  serviced and maintained  it   s ready to go  If it needs  service  have it done before starting out  Of course   you    ll find experienced and able service experts in  Oldsmobile dealerships all across North America   They   ll be ready and willing to help if you need it     Here are some things you can check before a trip       Windshield Washer Fluid  Is the reservoir full   Are all windows clean inside and outside       Wiper Blades  Are they in good shape        Fuel  Engine Oil  Other Fluids  Have you checked  all levels       Lamps  Are they all working  Are the lenses clean     Tires  They are vitally important to a safe   trouble free trip  Is the tread good enough for  long distance driving  Are the tires all inflated to the  recommended pressure       Weather Forecasts  What   s the weather outlook  along your route  Should you delay your trip a short  time to avoid a major storm system       Maps  Do you have up to date maps     4 35    Highway Hypnosis    Is there actually such a condition as    highway hypnosis      Or is it just plain falling asleep at the wheel  Call it  highway hypnosis  lack of aware
279. ul when you pass  another vehicle  Allow yourself more clear room  ahead  and be prepared to have your view restricted  by road spray       Have good tires with proper tread depth    See    Tires    in the Index      City Driving       One of the biggest problems with city streets is the    amount of traffic on them  You   ll want to watch out for  what the other drivers are doing and pay attention to    traffic signals     Here are ways to increase your safety in city driving     Know the best way to get to where you are  going  Get a city map and plan your trip into an  unknown part of the city just as you would for a  cross country trip     Try to use the freeways that rim and crisscross most  large cities  You    ll save time and energy   See the  next part     Freeway Driving            Treat a green light as a warning signal  A traffic light  is there because the corner is busy enough to need it   When a light turns green  and just before you start to  move  check both ways for vehicles that have not  cleared the intersection or may be running the   red light     4 33    Freeway Driving       Mile for mile  freeways  also called thruways  parkways   expressways  turnpikes or superhighways  are the safest  of all roads  But they have their own special rules     4 34    The most important advice on freeway driving is  Keep  up with traffic and keep to the right  Drive at the same  speed most of the other drivers are driving  Too fast or  too slow driving breaks a smooth t
280. uld  have done and when you should schedule them  If you  go to your dealer for your service needs  you   ll know  that GM trained and supported service people will  perform the work using genuine GM parts     The proper fluids and lubricants to use are listed in Part D   Make sure whoever services your vehicle uses these  All  parts should be replaced and all necessary repairs done  before you or anyone else drives the vehicle     These schedules are for vehicles that        carry passengers and cargo within recommended  limits  You will find these limits on your vehicle   s  Certification Tire label  See    Loading Your Vehicle     in the Index        are driven on reasonable road surfaces within legal  driving limits     use the recommended fuel  See    Fuel    in the Index     Selecting the Right Schedule    First you ll need to decide which of the two schedules is  right for your vehicle  Here   s how to decide which  schedule to follow     Scheduled Maintenance    Short Trip City Definition    Follow the Short Trip City Scheduled Maintenance if  any one of these conditions is true for your vehicle       Most trips are less than 5 to 10 miles  8 to 16 km    This is particularly important when outside  temperatures are below freezing        Most trips include extensive idling  such as frequent  driving in stop and go traffic        You operate your vehicle in dusty areas or  off road frequently       You frequently tow a trailer or use a carrier on top of  your vehicle   
281. und or the vehicle   s headlamps  do not flash  the vehicle should be serviced by an  authorized service center     2 12    Passlock      Your vehicle is equipped with the Passlock  theft deterrent system     Passlock is a passive theft deterrent system  Passlock  enables fuel if the ignition lock cylinder is turned with a  valid key  If a correct key is not used or the ignition lock  cylinder is tampered with  fuel is disabled     During normal operation  the SECURITY light will go  off approximately five seconds after the key is turned to  the RUN ignition position     If the engine stalls and the SECURITY light flashes   wait about 10 minutes until the light stops flashing  before trying to restart the engine  Remember to release  the key from START as soon as the engine starts     If the engine does not start after three  3  tries  the  vehicle needs service     If the engine is running and the SECURITY light comes  on  you will be able to restart the engine if you turn the  engine off  However  your Passlock system is not working  properly and must be serviced by your dealer  Your vehicle  is not protected by Passlock at this time  You may also  want to check the fuse  see    Fuses and Circuit Breakers     in the Index   See your dealer for service     In an emergency  call the Oldsmobile Roadside  Assistance Center at 1 800 442 OLDS  6537      New Vehicle    Break In    Ignition Positions    Use the key to turn the ignition switch to five  NOTICE  different positions   
282. untainous terrain    When doing frequent trailer towing    Uses such as found in taxi  police or delivery service     If you do not use your vehicle under any of these conditions  change the fluid  and filter every 50 000 miles  83 000 km      7 11    Short Trip City Scheduled Maintenance    18 000 Miles  30 000 km     Change engine oil and filter  or every 3 months  whichever occurs first    An Emission Control Service                  See footnote        Check rear front axle fluid level and add fluid as needed  Check constant  velocity joints and axle seals for leaking   See footnote         Rotate tires  See    Tire Inspection and Rotation    in the Index for proper  rotation pattern and additional information   See footnote        21 000 Miles  35 000 km     Change engine oil and filter  or every 3 months  whichever occurs first    An Emission Control Service                                    See footnote        Check rear front axle fluid level and add fluid as needed  Check constant  velocity joints and axle seals for leaking   See footnote                     7 12    Lubricate chassis components  or every 3 months  whichever occurs first      Lubricate chassis components  or every 3 months  whichever occurs first      DATE  ACTUAL  MILEAGE SERVICED BY     DATE  ACTUAL  MILEAGE SERVICED BY        Short Trip City Scheduled Maintenance    24 000 Miles  40 000 km     Change engine oil and filter  or every 3 months  whichever occurs first    An Emission Control Service   
283. ure proper operation  a pressure test of the cooling  system and pressure cap is recommended at least once   a year     Throttle System Inspection    Inspect the throttle system for interference or binding   and for damaged or missing parts  Replace parts as  needed  Replace any components that have high effort  or excessive wear  Do not lubricate accelerator and  cruise control cables     Drive Axle Service    Check rear front axle fluid level and add as needed     Check constant velocity joints and axle seals for leaking     Transfer Case  All Wheel Drive  Inspection    Every 12 months or at oil change intervals  check  front axle and transfer case and add lubricant when  necessary  Check vent hose at transfer case for kinks  and proper installation     Brake System Inspection    Inspect the complete system  Inspect brake lines and  hoses for proper hook up  binding  leaks  cracks   chafing  etc  Inspect disc brake pads for wear and rotors  for surface condition  Inspect other brake parts   including calipers  parking brake  etc  Check parking  brake adjustment  You may need to have your brakes  inspected more often if your driving habits or conditions  result in frequent braking     7 47           Part D  Recommended Fluids USAGE FLUID LUBRICANT    and Lubricants Hydraulic Delco Supreme 11 Brake Fluid  NOTE  Fluids and lubricants identified below by name  Brake System  GM Part No  12377967 or  part number or specification may be obtained from equivalent DOT 3 Brake Fluid  
284. ussion of these subjects later        Will you have to stop suddenly or change  direction quickly     When you drive over obstacles or rough terrain  keep a  firm grip on the steering wheel  Ruts  troughs or other  surface features can jerk the wheel out of your hands if  you    re not prepared     When you drive over bumps  rocks  or other obstacles   your wheels can leave the ground  If this happens  even  with one or two wheels  you can   t control the vehicle as  well or at all     Because you will be on an unpaved surface  it   s  especially important to avoid sudden acceleration   sudden turns or sudden braking     In a way  off road driving requires a different kind of  alertness from driving on paved roads and highways   There are no road signs  posted speed limits or signal  lights  You have to use your own good judgment about  what is safe and what isn   t     Drinking and driving can be very dangerous on any  road  And this is certainly true for off road driving    At the very time you need special alertness and driving  skills  your reflexes  perceptions and judgment can be  affected by even a small amount of alcohol  You could  have a serious    or even fatal    accident if you drink  and drive or ride with a driver who has been drinking   See    Drunken Driving    in the Index     Driving on Off Road Hills    Off road driving often takes you up  down or across a  hill  Driving safely on hills requires good judgment and  an understanding of what your vehicle can 
285. utton to close the sunroof  Once the sunroof  is closed  press the forward side of the button to open  the sunroof to the vent position     The sunroof is also equipped with a sunshade which you  can pull forward to block sun rays        Mini Console       Full Size Console    This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules   Operation is subject to the following two conditions    1  this device may not cause harmful interference   and  2  this device must accept any interference  received  including interference that may cause  undesired operation     This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada   Operation is subject to the following two conditions     1  this device may not cause interference  and  2  this  device must accept any interference  including interference  that may cause undesired operation of the device     Changes and modifications to this system by other than  an authorized service facility could void authorization to  use this equipment     Programming the Transmitter    Do not use the HomeLink Transmitter with any garage  door opener that does not have the    stop and reverse     feature  This includes any garage door opener model  manufactured before April 1  1982     Be sure that people and objects are clear of the garage  door you are programming     Your vehicle   s engine should be turned off while  programming the transmitter  Follow these steps to  program up to three channels     1  If you have previously programmed a transmitter  channel
286. vehicle that is longer or wider than the luggage  carrier    like paneling  plywood  a mattress  and  so forth    the wind can catch it as you drive    along  This can cause you to lose control  What  you are carrying could be violently torn off  and  this could cause you or other drivers to have a  collision  and of course damage your vehicle  You  may be able to carry something like this inside   But  never carry something longer or wider than  the luggage carrier on top of your vehicle        A luggage carrier allows you to load things on top of  your vehicle  The luggage carrier has slats and side rails  attached to the roof  sliding crossrails and places to use  for tying things down  These let you load some other  things on top of your vehicle  as long as they are not  wider or longer than the luggage carrier     2 45    To slide the crossrails to where you want them  push up  on the lever under each side of the crossrail  This will  release the crossrail and allow you to slide it  When the  crossrail is where you want it  push down on the lever to  lock it into place     NOTICE     Loading cargo that weighs more than 200 Ibs    91 kg  on the luggage carrier may damage  your vehicle     When you carry cargo on the luggage carrier of a  proper size and weight  put it on the slats  as far  forward as you can  Then slide the crossrail up  against the rear of the load  to help keep it from  moving  You can then tie it down     Don   t exceed the maximum vehicle capacity whe
287. visible to oncoming traffic     Q  What should I do if my vehicle stalls  or is about    to stall  and I can   t make it up the hill     A  If this happens  there are some things you should    do  and there are some things you must not do   First  here   s what you should do     Push the brake pedal to stop the vehicle and  keep it from rolling backwards  Also  apply the  parking brake     If your engine is still running  shift the transmission  to REVERSE  R   release the parking brake  and  slowly back down the hill in REVERSE  R             FFT fF TF OO TTTTTTNNNNM0oXLLEST_ 4 2        If your engine has stopped running  you   ll need to    restart it  With the brake pedal pressed and the  parking brake still applied  shift the transmission to  PARK  P  and restart the engine  Then  shift to  REVERSE  R   release the parking brake  and  slowly back down the hill as straight as possible   in REVERSE  R      As you are backing down the hill  put your left hand  on the steering wheel at the 12 o   clock position  This  way  you ll be able to tell if your wheels are straight  and maneuver as you back down  It   s best that you  back down the hill with your wheels straight rather  than in the left or right direction  Turning the wheel  too far to the left or right will increase the possibility  of a rollover     Here are some things you must not do if you stall  or are  about to stall  when going up a hill       Never attempt to prevent a stall by shifting into    NEUTRAL  N  to
288. vy city traffic where the outside temperature regularly reaches  90  F  32  C  or higher        In hilly or mountainous terrain        When doing frequent trailer towing        Uses such as found in taxi  police or delivery service    If you do not use your vehicle under any of these conditions  change the fluid   and filter every 50 000 miles  83 000 km     Rotate tires  See    Tire Inspection and Rotation    in the Index for proper   rotation pattern and additional information   See footnote                    7 38    Long Trip Highway Scheduled Maintenance    82 500 Miles  137 500 km   bs          Change engine oil and filter  or every 12 months  whichever occurs first   ACTUAL  An Emission Control Service  MILEAGE    Lubricate chassis components  or every 12 months  whichever occurs first   PF   See footnote        Check rear front axle fluid level and add fluid as needed  Check constant  velocity joints and axle seals for leaking   See footnote         Rotate tires  See    Tire Inspection and Rotation    in the Index for proper  rotation pattern and additional information   See footnote        90 000 Miles  150 000 km                                         Change engine oil and filter  or every 12 months  whichever occurs first   ACTUAL   SERVICED BY     aes   SERVICED BY   An Emission Control Service  MILEAGE   Lubricate chassis components  or every 12 months  whichever occurs first   hn S o        See footnote       Check rear front axle fluid level and add fluid as n
289. w this manual   s advice   Waiting to do repairs can be costly    and even  dangerous  So please get to know your warning lights  and gages  They   re a big help     Safety Belt Reminder Light    When the key is turned to RUN or START  a chime will  come on for about eight seconds to remind people to  fasten their safety belts  unless the driver   s safety belt is  already buckled     The safety belt light will  also come on and stay on  for about 20 seconds   then it will flash for about  55 seconds        If the driver   s belt is already buckled  neither the chime  nor the light will come on     Air Bag Readiness Light    There is an air bag readiness light on the instrument  panel  which shows the air bag symbol  The system  checks the air bag   s electrical system for malfunctions   The light tells you if there is an electrical problem    The system check includes the air bag sensors  the air  bag modules  the wiring and the crash sensing and  diagnostic module  For more information on the air bag  system  see    Air Bag    in the Index     This light will come on  when you start your vehicle   and it will flash for a few  seconds  Then the light  should go out  This means  the system is ready        If the air bag readiness light stays on after you start the  vehicle or comes on when you are driving  your air bag  system may not work properly  Have your vehicle  serviced right away     If the air bag readiness light stays on after you  start your vehicle  it means the a
290. weight of your vehicle  The Gross Vehicle Weight   GVW  includes the curb weight of the vehicle  any  cargo you may carry in it  and the people who will be  riding in the vehicle  And if you will tow a trailer  you  must add the tongue load to the GVW because your  vehicle will be carrying that weight  too  See    Loading  Your Vehicle    in the Index for more information about  your vehicle   s maximum load capacity        If you   re using a weight carrying hitch  the trailer  tongue  A  should weigh 10 percent of the total loaded  trailer weight  B   If you   re using a weight distributing  hitch  the trailer tongue  A  should weigh 12 percent of  the total loaded trailer weight  B      After you    ve loaded your trailer  weigh the trailer and  then the tongue  separately  to see if the weights are  proper  If they aren   t  you may be able to get them right  simply by moving some items around in the trailer     Total Weight on Your Vehicle   s Tires    Be sure your vehicle   s tires are inflated to the upper  limit for cold tires  You    ll find these numbers on the  Certification label at the rear edge of the driver   s door or  see    Tire Loading    in the Index  Then be sure you don   t  go over the GVW limit for your vehicle  including the  weight of the trailer tongue     Hitches    It   s important to have the correct hitch equipment   Crosswinds  large trucks going by and rough roads are a  few reasons why you ll need the right hitch  Here are  some rules to foll
291. when the system senses the need for heat  the  airflow will be directed out the floor outlets     As the interior temperature approaches a desired setting   the blower speed will decrease  To maintain interior  comfort  the airflow will adjust between the instrument  panel air outlets and floor outlets  On bright sunny days in  cool weather  the airflow may come out of the air  conditioning and floor outlets  bi level mode  to   maintain comfort and prevent stuffiness     To avoid blowing cold air in cold weather  the system will  delay turning on the fan until warm air is available  The  length of delay depends on the outside air temperature   engine coolant temperature or the time since the engine  was last started  As the coolant warms up  the blower fan  speed will gradually increase and air will flow from the  heater outlets  with some airflow to the windshield to  prevent fogging under most normal conditions     If your vehicle is sitting out on a warm day and you  have the fan set on AUTO  the air will first flow out of  the floor air outlets for a few seconds  That is normal   This is to expel hot air from the air outlets  As the air is  cooled  the airflow will move through the air  conditioning outlets     Be careful not to put anything over the solar sensor  located around the center of the instrument panel   This sensor is used by the automatic system to  regulate temperature     Mode Knob   Manual Operation    The right knob on the control panel allows you to  ch
292. wipers  move the band   to OFF     Be sure to clear ice and snow from the wiper blades  before using them  If they   re frozen to the windshield   carefully loosen or thaw them  If your blades do become  worn or damaged  get new blades or blade inserts     Windshield Washer    There   s a paddle marked with the windshield washer  symbol on the top of the multifunction lever  To spray  washer fluid on the windshield  push the paddle  The  wipers will clear the window and then either stop or  return to your preset speed     In freezing weather  don   t use your washer until    the windshield is warmed  Otherwise the washer  fluid can form ice on the windshield  blocking  your vision     2 30          Rear Window Washer Wiper    This switch is located on the  instrument panel     To turn the rear wiper on  slide the switch to either LO  or HI  For delayed wiping  slide the switch to LO  For   steady wiping  slide the switch to HI  To turn the wiper  off  slide the switch to OFF     To wash the window  press the wash button located on  the switch  The switch must be in either the HI or  LO position     The rear window washer uses the same fluid bottle as  the windshield washer  However  the rear window  washer will run out of fluid before the windshield  washer  If you can wash your windshield but not your  rear window  check your fluid level     Cruise Control    With cruise control  you can  maintain a speed of about  PAIGE 25 mph  40 km h  or more  polas a without keeping your
293. xed so it will be ready  to warn you if there   s   a problem     OGC     BRAKE    If the light comes on while you are driving  pull off the  road and stop carefully  You may notice that the pedal is  harder to push  Or  the pedal may go closer to the floor   It may take longer to stop  If the light is still on  have the  vehicle towed for service   See    Towing Your Vehicle     in the Index      Your brake system may not be working properly  if the brake system warning light is on  Driving    with the brake system warning light on can lead  to an accident  If the light is still on after you   ve  pulled off the road and stopped carefully  have  the vehicle towed for service        2 59    Anti Lock Brake System Warning Light    With the anti lock brake  system  this light will come  on when you start your  engine and may stay on   for several seconds    That   s normal   If the light stays on  or comes on when you   re driving   your vehicle needs service  If the regular brake system  warning light isn   t on  you still have brakes  but you  don   t have anti lock brakes  If the regular brake system  warning light is also on  you don   t have anti lock brakes    and there   s a problem with your regular brakes  See     Brake System Warning Light    earlier in this section     The anti lock brake system warning light should come  on briefly when you turn the ignition key to RUN  If the  light doesn   t come on then  have it fixed so it will be  ready to warn you if there is 
294. y  open the doors and fall out  When a door is  locked  the inside handle won   t open it     To lock your door from the inside  slide the lever on  your inside door down     F  To unlock the door  slide the  lever on your inside door  up  You will see a red area  on the lever     Outsiders can easily enter through an unlocked  door when you slow down or stop your vehicle        This may not be so obvious  You increase the  chance of being thrown out of the vehicle in a  crash if the doors aren   t locked  Wear safety belts  properly  lock your doors  and you will be far  better off whenever you drive your vehicle           The power door lock switch is located on the armrest   Remove the ignition key and press LOCK to lock all the  doors at once     To unlock the doors  press the raised area next to the  key symbol     The switch on each rear door works only that  door   s lock        With this feature  you can  lock the rear doors so they  can   t be opened from the  inside by passengers     Move the lever up to lock the doors and down to release  the door locks     This feature stops the power door locks from locking  when the key is in the ignition and a door is open  to  help protect you from locking your key in the vehicle     If the power lock switch is pressed when a door is open  and the key is in the ignition  all the doors will lock  and  the driver   s door will unlock     Leaving Your Vehicle    If you are leaving the vehicle  take your key  open your  door and s
295. y belt reminder light  and all your belts  buckles  latch plates  retractors and  anchorages are working properly  Look for any other  loose or damaged safety belt system parts  If you see  anything that might keep a safety belt system from  doing its job  have it repaired     Torn or frayed safety belts may not protect you in a  crash  They can rip apart under impact forces  If a belt is  torn or frayed  get a new one right away     Also look for any opened or broken air bag covers  and  have them repaired or replaced   The air bag system  does not need regular maintenance      1 52    Replacing Restraint System Parts  After a Crash    If you    ve had a crash  do you need new belts    After a very minor collision  nothing may be necessary   But if the belts were stretched  as they would be if worn  during a more severe crash  then you need new belts     If you ever see a label on  the driver   s or the right  front passenger   s safety belt  that says to replace the belt   be sure to do so  Then the  new belt will be there to  help protect you in a  collision  You would see  this label on the belt near  the door opening     ACAUTION    To help avoid personal  injury  belt assembly must  be replaced if this vehicle is  in a collision or if    Replace  Belt    appears below  See    Owner s Manual for more  information     Replace  Belt La Ceinture  Printed in   If belts are cut or damaged  replace them  Collision  damage also may mean you will need to have safety belt  or sea
296. y the tether from the  hook on the filler door     To remove the cap  turn it slowly to the left   counterclockwise   The cap has a spring in it  if you let  go of the cap too soon  it will spring back to the right     Be careful not to spill gasoline  Clean gasoline from  painted surfaces as soon as possible  See    Cleaning the  Outside of Your Vehicle    in the Index     When you put the cap back on  turn it to the right   clockwise  until you hear a clicking sound  Make sure  you fully install the cap  The diagnostic system can  determine if the fuel cap has been left off or improperly  installed  This would allow fuel to evaporate into the  atmosphere  See    Malfunction Indicator Lamp    in   the Index     NOTICE     If you need a new cap  be sure to get the right  type  Your dealer can get one for you  If you get    the wrong type  it may not fit properly  This may  cause your malfunction indicator lamp to light  and your fuel tank and emissions system may be  damaged  See    Malfunction Indicator Lamp    in  the Index        Filling a Portable Fuel Container    Never fill a portable fuel container while it is in  your vehicle  Static electricity discharge from the  container can ignite the gasoline vapor  You can  be badly burned and your vehicle damaged if this  occurs  To help avoid injury to you and others     Dispense gasoline only into  approved containers      Do not fill a container while it is inside a  vehicle  in a vehicle   s trunk  pickup bed or  on any su
297. your vehicle any heavier than the  GVWR  or either the maximum front or rear    Things you put inside your vehicle can strike and  injure people in a sudden stop or turn  or in  GAWR  If you do  parts on your vehicle can a crash   break  and it can change the way your vehicle  handles  These could cause you to lose control  and crash  Also  overloading can shorten the life    of your vehicle        Put things in the cargo area of your vehicle   Try to spread the weight evenly     Never stack heavier things  like suitcases     inside the vehicle so that some of them are  above the tops of the seats   Don   t leave an unsecured child restraint in       Using heavier suspension components to get added    durability might not change your weight ratings  Ask your vehicle   your dealer to help you load your vehicle the right way  When you carry something inside the  vehicle  secure it whenever you can   Don   t leave a seat folded down unless you  NOTICE  need to        Your warranty does not cover parts or  components that fail because of overloading     There   s also important loading information for off road  driving in this manual  See    Loading Your Vehicle for  Off Road Driving    in the Index        If you put things inside your vehicle    like suitcases   tools  packages or anything else    they will go as fast as  the vehicle goes  If you have to stop or turn quickly  or  if there is a crash  they   ll keep going     a E e     Payload Towing a Trailer  The payload capaci
    
Download Pdf Manuals
 
 
    
Related Search
    
Related Contents
N8154-55 2.5 型HDD ケージ 取扱説明書 (No.053506)  Real-Time Multiprocessor Architecture for Sharing Stream  Panduit pdf LS3E User`s Manual  取扱説明書(KBX-SN-1YR, KBX-SN-2YR 用)  Outdoor Living Today Bayside10 Use and Care Manual  Peerless WL-SA761PU-100 flat panel wall mount  2002 IMPREZA SERVICE MANUAL QUICK  有 料 広 告  AVA-104    Copyright © All rights reserved. 
   Failed to retrieve file